Professional Documents
Culture Documents
XK8 Electrical Guide
XK8 Electrical Guide
BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Published by Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number JTP 559
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide: B+ Battery Voltage CAN Controller Area Network COUPE Coupe Vehicles CONV. Convertible Vehicles DI Direction Indicator LH Left-Hand LHD Left-Hand Drive NAS North American Specification RH Right-Hand RHD Right-Hand Drive ROW Rest of World SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network VIN Vehicle Identification Number Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
VIN 123456 indicates up to VIN 123456; VIN 123456 indicates from VIN 123456 on.
XK8 Electrical System Architecture
The XK8 system architecture is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for the programming of certain control modules. The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in previous vehicles.
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Table of Contents
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 9 User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 15 Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17 Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 22 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Variant
01 Power Distribution 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ..... All Vehicles 01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution Trunk, Engine Compartment, EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles 01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles 02 Ground Distribution 02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator ............................................................. All Vehicles 04 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.4 Engine Management AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1 .......................................... AJ26 NAS Vehicles AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2 .......................................... AJ26 NAS Vehicles AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1 ........................................ AJ26 ROW Vehicles AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2 ........................................ AJ26 ROW Vehicles
05 Transmission 05.1 ...... AJ26 Automatic Transmission ........................................................ All Vehicles 05.2 ...... Gear Shift Interlock ........................................................................ All Vehicles 06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control 06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles 07 Climate Control 07.1 ...... Climate Control, Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles 07.2 ...... Climate Control, Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles 09 Exterior Lighting 09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting Front ................................................................. All Vehicles 09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting Rear .................................................................. All Vehicles 09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Table of Contents
Variant
10 Interior Lighting 10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles 10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors ................................ All Vehicles ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles Seat Systems ...... Drivers Seat Memory ................................................................. Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Drivers Seat Non Memory .......................................................... Non Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Passengers Seat 3-Way Movement ........................................... 3-Way Movement Vehicles ...... Passengers Seat 2-Way Movement ........................................... 2-Way Movement Vehicles
13 Door Locking 13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles 16 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 In-Car Entertainment; Telephone Standard In-Car Entertainment Convertible .................................. Convertible Vehicles Standard In-Car Entertainment Coupe ......................................... Coupe Vehicles Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles
17 Supplementary Restraint System 17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles 18 Ancillaries 18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles 19 Vehicle Network Systems 19.1 ...... Networks; Serial Data Links ........................................................... All Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Component Index
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCH PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 EGR VALVES ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Component Index
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1 REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3 REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT LUMBAR PUMP PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3
SEAT MOTORS DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT MOTORS PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SECURITY SOUNDER ............................................................. Fig. 13.3 SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK LAMP S ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 Power Distribution, 02 Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for active and inactive states. The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Active means a load is applied or a switch is ON; inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
10
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS Active
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND (CRANKING) B+
Description
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS ENGINE CRANK
Inactive
Component
BATTERY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Location / Access
TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
Description
GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
Active
Inactive
GENERATOR
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE NEUTRAL SWITCH REGULATOR (GENERATOR) STARTER MOTOR
STEERING COLUMN ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR ENGINE BLOCK
SUPPRESSION MODULE
RELAYS Relay
STARTER RELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN
Connector / Color
EM50 / BROWN
Location / Access
RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
Type / Color
EYELET 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / SLATE 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK 57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK EYELET
Location / Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS Ground
BT68 FC3BR FC3AS
Location / Type
BATTERY GROUND STUD EYELET (PAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG /LEFT HAND A POST EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND A POST
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: I Input O Output SG Signal Ground D C S Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Active means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE
TITLE
Battery; Starter; Generator
Battery; Starter; Generator
FIGURE NUMBER
Fig. 03.1
N
01.1 01.1
N
BT62 BT63
B
BT67 BT66
N
BT60 250A
BT68
BATTERY
15
III FC4-1 II FC4-3
NB
FC14-80
B+
O
FC14-73
GO
EM1-15
GO
EMS28
GO
RW WO WN
FC4-2
1
02.1 02.1
RW
FC14-41
Y
FC14-39
EM50
BK BK
FC3BL FCS48 FC4-5
SU
FC14-92
75
D
NW WK
WR GO
37
II
I
FC14-103
B BK
FC14-65
STARTER RELAY
BK BK
FC3BR FCS47 FC89-3
BK
RU
FC89-1
RU
FC14-7
LOGIC
FC3AS
GO
EM11-6
ENGINE CRANK
SU
FC22-9
D D
FC22-17
D
EM10-17
Y
EM3-8
Y
FCS74
Y O
NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification for fitment of Security Immobilization System.
D
EM10-6
O
EM2-18
D
FC22-16
WR
N B
36
II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
WK
PI50-2
ST10
08.1
SW
EM1-14
SW
PI1-11
SW
PI50-1
REGULATOR
STARTER MOTOR
N
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
FIGURE PAGE
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
11
User Instructions
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an X is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes: to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground to refer the user to a related circuit to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X
I
X
II
X
E
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5. The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X XX
I
XX
II
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED). BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I
Input
Output
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the logic of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.
12
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
BULB
CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s) indicate the tracer color(s).
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SUPPRESSION DIODE
Code AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM EN FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL
Description Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression Module Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link Main Power Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine Management Cruise Control Link Engine Management Engine Management Side Marker Link Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forward Power Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearward LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Switchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
13
User Instructions
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ground sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits.
Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAMPLE:
BT29-1
BT29
BT29-2
Relay Connectors Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by numbers 6 10. EXAMPLE:
AC20
4 5 2 8 6
AC20
9 10 7
3 1
14
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R) Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A first (bottom), B second (middle), C third (top). Eyelet designation Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single leg, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two legs, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R
SINGLE EYELET
EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code Ground stud number Harness code Ground stud number Harness code Ground stud number
FC2S
LF1AR
BT1CS
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAMPLES:
EM2AR (EM1AR)
BT1AL
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
15
Connectors
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle. Multilock 040 Low current (used as harness and direct connection connector). Multilock 070 High current (used as harness and direct connection connector).
16
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
GROUND POINTS
GENERATOR
LF70 ST11
EM70
EM70
FC1 (QUIET GROUND) FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC90 FC93
RHD
FC90 FC92
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC6
FC5
BT61
BT66
+
BATTERY
BT3
BT2
BT67
BT68
BT64
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
17
Harness Layout
Harness Layout
LHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1 LF2
RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF1
LF41
LF42
LF41
LF42
FR RH FRONT WHEEL ST STARTER LINK LL POWER STEERING LINK EL ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK
FR RH FRONT WHEEL ST STARTER LINK EL ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK
LF3 LF40
EM2
EM1
LF3 LF40
EM ENGINE MANAGEMENT
EM2
EM1
EM ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DD1
AC16
DP1
DP1
AC16
DD1
DD DRIVERS DOOR
FC4
DP PASSENGERS DOOR
DP PASSENGERS DOOR
DD DRIVERS DOOR
RF1
RF ROOF
FC6
FC5
FC6
FC5
SD DRIVERS SEAT
SD1 SD2
SP PASSENGERS SEAT
SP PASSENGERS SEAT
SP1 SP2
SD DRIVERS SEAT
RH REARWARD
BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58
RH REARWARD
BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58
BT TRUNK
RH2 RH5 RH6 RH1
BT TRUNK
RH2 RH5 RH6 RH1
BT3
BB1
BT1
BT3
BB1
BT1
BT2 BT73
RL LH REAR WHEEL
RL LH REAR WHEEL
18
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
LHD
RHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
19
LF37
EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK
28 BY 55 WB 88 87 86 Y 85 G 27 26 ND 54 WB 84 53 RU 83 Y 25 52 RY 82 G 24 23 BRD 51 OB 81 50 80 22 UY 49 79 21 BU 48 78 20 47 77 19 46 76 18 BS 45 RG 75 17 44 R 74 16 U 15 BRD 43 73 42 G 72 14 N 41 71 13 US 40 70 12 RP 39 69 11 38 68 10 37 Y 67 9 W 36 S 66 8 RB 35 65 64 7 34 B 63 6 B 33 YP 62 5 OG 32 YU 61 4 OK 31 60 3 30 YB 59 2 RS 1 OU 29 OR 58 57 56
TOP
EM14
EM15
EM13
EM12
EM11
EM10
10 RY
8 SLG 13 GY 19 BY 12 UP
11 PG 17 Y 16 PK 24 15 G
10 US
8 UW 13 BY 12 BG
14 OU 23 BK 22 B
18 BY
16 K
20
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK BT41 BT40
DD11
DD10
12 OY 20 GY
10 YO
14 GW 22 PK 21 PU
12 PW
22 UN
20 WU
DP11
DP10
56 UW 31 SW 4 GU
62 LGU
63 SW 38 OR
74 RW
76 GK
77 GP
28 RW 1 RY 2 GY
32 WN
34 LGK 7 RU 8
41 RW
43 BLG 16 RY
48 OG 22 WB
51 RW
5 SO
6 YW
14 UB
15 WO
17 OS
19 20 WLG OG
24 NW
14 GW 22 PK 21 PU
12 PW
20 WU
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
21
SD3
SD4
SD5
SP3
SP5
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN (NAS) BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK
19 20 PB 2 UP 21 UB 4 22 RB 5 23 6 24 ON 7 25 U 8 26 US 9 27 NS 10 O 28 K 11 WR 29 12 30 OB 31 OW 32 OK 15 OP 33 OY 16 34 OU 17 35 18 B 10 20 9 SU 19 8 18 7 17 Y 6 O 16 O 5 15 4 14 3 13 2 12 1 11
1 SO
3 UW
13 OR
14 OG
6 WK
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
BT18
22
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS BUS.
Wiper FAST/SLOW relay black / black LH blower motor relay blue / blue RH blower motor relay blue / blue Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD) Door mirror heater relay blue / blue Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) brown / bus Wiper RUN/STOP relay black / black Air conditioning compressor clutch relay brown / brown Engine Management fuse box
Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown
LH FASCIA RELAYS
Heater pump relay brown / bus Front fog relay brown / bus Main beam relay brown / bus
Powerwash relay brown / bus Dip beam relay brown / bus Horn relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus
TRUNK RELAYS
Tail lamp relay brown / bus Heated backlight relay brown / bus Rear fog relay brown / bus Convertible only
RH FASCIA RELAYS
Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) brown / bus
Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD)
Engine Management fuse box Starter relay brown / brown EMS control relay brown / bus
Fuel pump relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Trunk fuse box
Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black LH quarter up relay black / black LH quarter down relay black / black RH quarter up relay black / black RH quarter down relay black / black
Door locking relay violet / violet Air conditioning isolate relay violet / violet
LH windshield heater relay brown / brown RH windshield heater relay brown / brown Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
23
Fig. 01.1
03.1
STARTER
N
BT62 BT63
BT79 FC91
EM71 LF71
N N
B
BT67 BT66
N
BT60 250A
N N
BATTERY
BT68
RHD LHD
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
15.1 15.1
26 50
NO
BT44-2
NY
BT44-1
25 A
11
13
I
10
II
9
II
PK N
EM20-6
BATTERY POST
(BT65) 12
II
B+ (BT66)
II
04.1
RG
BT12-9
WN
FC21-6
RG
FC6-6
RG
LF7-9
RG
BT49-2
R
LTS1
R
LT2-2 LT2
G
LT2-1 LTS2
G
LT1
BT64
FC90 1 2
FC93 1
FC92 2
FC90 2 1
LF70 1 2
EM70
G
LT3-4
R
LT3-3
1
II
2
I
3
II
4
II
5
E
27
NLG
BT25-1
NS
LT3-1
PN
BT25-3
09.2 07.2
B
BT25-2 BT2BR BT2BS
B
LT3-2
09.2 04.2
DELAY TIMER
09.2 18.1
RELAYS
13.3
18.1
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
NOTE: The Delay Timer and Mini-harness (LT) maintain current to the Body Processor Module and other vehicle systems for a short period of time after the ignition is switched off. The Transit Isolation Device, Delay Timer and Mini-harness are removed from the vehicle prior to delivery to the customer.
Fig. 01.2
#1 20A
FC6 -1 FC6 -5
NK
SD1-2
NK NS NU
7 8 9
12.1
12.2
NK
#1 20A FC21 -1 SP1-2
NK NR
30 11.4 31 13.1 32 13.1 33 13.1 34 15.1 35 11.2 36 11.3 37 13.1 38 10.1 39 16.4 40 16.4 41 07.1 42 07.1 43 BPM 44 12.3 45 12.3 46 16.1 47 16.1 48 07.2
12.3
12.4
NS
#2 10A
NR
#2 10A FC21 -5 FC21 -3 FCS89
NR NW
NU
#3 30A FC6 -3 LF1-20
NU
LFS20
NU NU RW
#3
NW
DP1-4
NW
DPS2
NW NW NW
NW
#4 5A FC21 -8 AC13-14
NW
ACS3
11.3 11.4
12.1 15.1
RW
#4 10A FC6 -8 FCS39
RW RW
NW
DD1-4
NW
DDS2
NW NW
NB
#5 15A FC5 -9
NB NR
13.1
13.2
15.1
09.1 18.1
09.2
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
#5 10A FC20 -9
NP NP
RT20-10
NP
RTS2
NR
#6 5A FC5 -10 FCS19
NR
RF1-7
NR NR
NP NY NY
AC12-20
NY
#7 15A FC5 -4
NR NP
NY
FCS23
NY
NY NB N
NP
#8 5A FC5 -7 FCS5
NP N NP N
SD1-5 SDS6
NOTE: Data Link Connector power supply: Fuse #6 early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) Fuse #8 volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 )
12.2 12.2
NB
#7 20A FC20 -4
N
#8 5A FC20 -7 SP1-5
N
SPS1
N NP
#9
FC5 -2
NP
#9 10A FC20 -2 IC2-13
NP
ICS1
NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
#11 20A FC6 -2 FC6 -4 FC5 -3 AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD)
NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
NP NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
#11 20A
#13
NO
FCS81
NO
AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)
NO
DD1-22
25 10.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
12.1
13.1
13.2
13.3
15.1
#13
#15 25A
NY
FCS82
NY
AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)
NY
DP1-22
NO
RH2-8
NO
BT2-8
NO NLG
BT58-2
49 10.1
11.3
13.1
13.2
13.3
15.1
15.1 18.1
#15 25A
NLG NLG
#17 10A FC5 -1 FCS40 RH14-2
NLG
NY
RH2-13
NY
BT2-2
NY NG NP
15.1
NLG NR
NG
#17 15A FC20 -1
NR
#18 5A FC5 -6
29 08.1
#18 10A FC20 -6
NP
FCS88
NP
BPM
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 01.3
COUPE
NK NK
54 09.2 55 15.2
11.4
15.2
NK
#1 5A BT13 -7
CONV.
BTS36
NK NK NK
NW
#9 10A LF6 -3 LF8 -2 LF7 -3 LF8 -4 LF7 -4 LF5 -1 LF5 -3 LF5 -2
70 13.2
#1
#10
#2
NLG NG NY NR
04.4 04.4
07.2 07.2
NW
NW NO
#12 30A
#3 25A
NS
#2 20A BT13 -1
NS NG
#14 30A
NO
#4 5A EM20 -8 EMS41
60 16.1 61 16.3
16.2
16.3
#16 30A
NO NY
NG
#9 10A BT11 -3 BTS42
NG
IC4-1
NG NG
IC4-2
NY
#5 10A EM19 -9 EM19 -10 EM19 -4 EM19 -7 EM19 -2 EM20 -2 EM20 -4 EM19 -3 EM19 -1 EM19 -6
#18 30A
NG NY
62 16.3
#20 #6
NY NU
13.2
13.3
#22 #7
#10 20A
BT13 -2
NLG NG
NU
#12 20A (CONV.) BT12 -3 BTS32
79 04.2 80 04.1
04.4 04.3
07.2
NU NO
#8 10A
#9 30A
NO
#14 40A (CONV.) BT13 -4 BT12 -4 BT10 -1 BT10 -3 BT12 -7 BTS4
#11
NO
67 15.2
#13
#16
NG NP NW
#15 30A
#18
NR NR
BTS31
68 15.2
#17 30A
NR
69 15.2
#18 10A
#22
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 01.4
3
II
1 WP WP
#10 FC6 -7 FC6 -10
6
II
II
7
II
WN
#3 5A BT13 -8 BT13 -9 BT11 -2
WP WP
FCS8
8
II
WP
AC15-3
WP
ACS17
WR WG
WR WG
WP WP WP WG
9
II
#4 5A
26 11.5 II 27 09.2 II
10 07.2 II 11 11.1 II 12 04.2 II 13 08.1 II 14 04.3 II 15 11.4 II 16 07.2 II 17 07.2 II 18 19.1 II 19 05.1 II 20 05.1 II
04.4
#5 5A
WN 28
II BT10 -9
WG
#14 10A FC5 -8 FCS29
WG WG
EM2-17
WG WR
RF1-1
WR
04.4
WR WR
EM2-3
WR
EMS15
WR WR WR WR
WR
#16 5A FC5 -5 FCS63
2
I
4
II
WB
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
WG
#10 5A FC21 -7 FC21 -10 FC20 -8 RT20-12
WG WY
IC2-12
WB
#1 10A LF8 -7 LF8 -1 LF40-13
WB
EMS42
29 05.1 II 30 05.1 II 31 13.2 II 32 09.3 II 33 09.3 II 34 09.3 II 35 06.1 II 36 03.1 II 37 03.1 II 38 04.1 II 39 04.2 II
04.3 04.4
WB WR WR
WY WU
#12 5A
#2
WU WK
#14 20A
WR
#3 5A LF8 -8 LFS5
WK
#16 5A FC20 -5 FCS32
WR WR
LF60-9
WK
WR WU WK
PI2-12
WU
#4 5A LF8 -9
WK WK
WK
LF40-10
WK
EMS6
WK WK
WR
40
II
07.2 09.1
RELAYS
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 01.5
5
E
WR WR
#10 5A EM20 -7 EMS7
41 04.1 E 42 04.1 E 43 05.1 E 44 04.1 E 45 04.1 E 46 04.2 E 47 04.1 E 48 04.1 E 49 04.1 E 50 04.1 E 51 04.1 E 52 04.1 E 53 04.1 E 54 04.1 E 55 04.2 E 56 04.1 E 57 04.2 E 58 04.1 E
04.3 04.3
WR WR WR WR
EL1-1
WR
ELS3
WR WU
WU
LF40-12
WU WU
#12 10A EM20 -10 EMS16
WU
PI1-28
WU
PIS6
WU WU WP
WP
PI1-47
WP
PIS8
WP WP WP
WP
#14 10A EM19 -8 EMS30
WP WP WP WP WY
#16 5A
EM19 -5
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 02.1
III
III
III
III
II
II
II
II
WO WO
III FC4-1 II FC4-3
2
II
14.1 13.2 19.1 BPM 04.1 04.1 13.1 01.1 04.3 04.3 15.2 05.2 05.2 06.1 06.1 09.2 09.2 11.5 11.5
3
II
RW WO
BPM
WO
FCS26
4
II
WO WO
AC13-2
5
II
BK
FCS48
I FC4-5 FC4-2
WN WO
ACS15
BK
WO WO RG
6
II
IGNITION SWITCH
FC3BL
7
II
8
II
WO
FC46-1
FC46-2
RG RG
LF60-8 FCS25
RG RG
9
II
FC46-3
INERTIA SWITCH
RG
RH2-9
RG
BT1-16
RG
BTS-7
RG RG
WN WN
RH2-10
WN
BT1-18
WN WN WN
FCS20
WN WN
AC13-1
WN WN
BPM
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 03.1
N
01.1 01.1
N
BT62 BT63
B
BT67 BT66
N
BT60 250A
BT68
BATTERY
15
III FC4-1 II FC4-3
NB
FC14-80
B+
O
FC14-73
GO
EM1-15
GO
EMS28
GO
RW WO WN
FC4-2
1
02.1 02.1
RW
FC14-41
Y
FC14-39
EM50
BK BK
FC3BL FCS48 FC4-5
SU
FC14-92
75
D
NW WK
WR GO
37
II
I
FC14-103
B BK
FC14-65
STARTER RELAY
BK BK
FC3BR FCS47 FC89-3
BK
RU
FC89-1
RU
FC14-7
LOGIC
FC3AS
GO
EM11-6
ENGINE CRANK
SU
FC22-9
D D
FC22-17
D
EM10-17
Y
EM3-8
Y
FCS74
Y O
NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification for fitment of Security Immobilization System.
D
EM10-6
O
EM2-18
D
FC22-16
WR
N B
36
II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
WK
PI50-2
ST10
08.1
SW
EM1-14
SW
PI1-11
SW
PI50-1
REGULATOR
STARTER MOTOR
N
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 04.1
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES
A B
UPSTREAM HO2S
B
CMPS
CKPS
KS
A
KS
B
ECTS
STEPPER MOTOR
EVAPP VALVE
WY
EM64-2 EM64-1
B
EM2AL (EMIAL)
W W W W R R S S
PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3
S1 PI4 -2 -1 PI34 -4 S2 -1 S3 -6 S4
W U
-3 -2 -5
W U
W B U B
W B U B
EM58 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
41
E
WR
EM10-1
B+
BG
WU
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD PU
B BRD
BY BY
42
WR
EM14-3
B+
47
E
50
E
51
E
EM10-9
PIS10
BRD
BRD
BRD PS
WP
76
NO
B+
52
E
48
E
O O
B BRD
BRD
BRD
AC26-4
AC26-1
BRD
BY BY GY
BG
UP
UY
EMS2 O EM11-8 EM11-9 EM11-10 EM11-11 EM11-12 EM11-13 EM11-14 I I EM11-15 EM11-16
BG BG
PI1-6
7
II
WO
AC24-4
GB
AC24-1
US
ACS16
I I I O I
US
AC13-3
US
US
US
FCS35
EM1-8 EM10-10
UW UY G U BG BY BG R K YU YG YN YR UP GY G R N U BY BY BP PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O BK R R B B B B G G PS PU PN RG RY B B B
EMS1
BG
PIS1
BG
EMS3
OU
FC19 EM2-13
OU
EM10-14
I O O O O I EM12-1 EM12-2 EM12-3 EM12-4 EM12-12 EM12-13 EM12-14 EM12-15 EM12-16 EM12-17 EM12-18 EM12-19 EM12-22
UW
PI1-14
UW
PIS9
BRD
O.K. TO START SERIAL COMMUNICATION SERIAL COMMUNICATION PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE CAN CAN CAN
03.1 19.1 19.1 05.1 01.1 03.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1
O
EM10-6
I I
K
EM10-12
I I
O
EM10-13
I O
G
EM10-15
I O
PK
EM10-16
O O D EM10-17 O O C EM10-25 I I C+ EM10-26 I I C EM10-27 I I C+ EM10-28 I EM14-4 EM14-5 EM14-6 EM14-7 EM14-8 EM14-9 EM14-10 EM14-11 EM14-12 EM13-11 EM13-12 EM13-13 EM13-17 EM13-18 EM13-19 EM13-20 EM13-27 EM13-28 EM13-29
EMS8
Y G Y G Y
BRD
44
EMS9 E PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
45
E
CAN
K BRD
U BRD UW BG
UW
19.1 03.1
P
EM11-3
O O
WR
BY
WR
BG
RY
R
EMS19 PI2-7
R
PI33-1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2
GO
EM11-6
I I I
ECM PROGRAMMING
19.1
W
EM13-2
I O O
G
EMS18 PI2-6
G
PI33-2
GY
EM16 EM14-1 5
B+
O O
RW
O O O I I
PY
EM14-2
PW
80 56
E
B+
EMS20
TPS
B
ELS1
NG WP
GY
GY GR
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR
PEDAL POSITION
MECHANICAL GUARD
EL2-1
EL3-1
EL4 -1
B
EL1-5
B
EMS31
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EL1-4
BK
EL1-2 EL1-3
B
NOTE: ELS1 LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: AJ26 NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
RG
-2
YG
YU
YN
YR
WO
GB
US
BG UW B BK
53
E -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7
54
E PI1-16 PI1-27
WU
49
E
WP
WP
WP
II
B+ EM10-5
UP
38
BY GY WU
WK
PI15 -1
-2 PI17 -1
-3
-2 PI26 -1
-2 PI27 -1
-2
EM22 -2
-1
EM24 -2
-1
EM21 -3
-4 -1
-2
EM23 -3
-4 -1
-2
BG
UY
RG
YG
YU
YN
YR
PN
RY
Fig. 04.2
IGNITION COILS
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
1 28
II
NY
BT11-1
10.2
RLG SP
FC63 -10 FC63 -7 FC63 -9 ON / OFF FC63 -8 560 560
KN
BT11-10
WU
AC26-3
WU
ACS22 AC13-16
WU
FCS71
WU
WG
12
II PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1
BT2-6
PG
AC24-2
WU
AC24-3
GW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
NY
BT55-2
FUEL PUMP
B B
BT55-1
680
SR
RH1-11 AC13-15 EM3-2 SC3-4
SR
SW1 -4
SR
SW2-4 SW3-3 430
BO PW
PIS5 PI1-53
GB
PW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
PW
FUEL TANK
BT2AL
KN
EM2-9
PG
EM3-6
WU
EM3-3
SP SG
EM3-4 EM3-1 SC3-3
680
SG
SW1 -3
CASSETTE
SG
SW2-3 SW3-1 430
BO
SWS1 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43 EM26
O I I I
UG ULG UN PG SR WU SG WU YW SLG SG RY KN SP W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS
PI1-30 PI1-32
GW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
SC3-12 FCS48
SW1 -6
GB
GP
BO
BO
CASSETTE
BO
SW2-6
PW PW
PW
EMS22
NW WP
83 55
E
UB
EM27 -8
EM27 -7
EM27 -12
EM29 -8
EM29 -11
EM29 -7
BK
FC3BL
I I I
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IGNITION MODULE 2
I I I I O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
EM13-1 EM13-3 EM13-15 EM13-16 EM13-22 EM13-23 EM13-24 EM13-25 EM13-26 EM13-31 EM13-32 EM13-33 EM13-34
EM1-13 EM2-12
LGW
LGO
LGU
LGR
LGS
LGK
LGP
LGY
EM1-3
RLG
EM2-14 EM2-6
UG ULG UN UB RLG
UG ULG UN UB RLG
I O O I I
EMS31
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
EM2AR (EM1AR) EMS26 EM17
RLG RY
NLG WP
79 57
E
O O O O O O O O
OG
LF9-2
W
LF40-6
46
E
RLG
PI1-13
RLG
PI36-1
PI1-33
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
PI1-38
OY
LF9-5 LF9-3
NG
72
WU
LF40-7
WU
LF9-7
78 39
II
NY WK
BR
PI2-5
BR
PIS2
B
LF9-1
P UB UB
LF3-6 LF57-5
B
EMS31
UB WU
LF57-1
230 BAR
BK
LF57-2
BK
LF2AR
WU
WU
LF40-9
20 BAR
BG
BW
BO
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BS
BY
BP
FUEL INJECTION RELAY NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.1.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
YW
LF40-11
YW
LF57-3
YW
12 BAR
BK
LF57-4
BK
LFS25
BK
LF2BL
PI7-2
-1
PI8-2
-1
PI9-2
-1
PI10-2
-1
PI11-2
-1
PI12-2
-1
PI13-2
-1
PI14-2
-1
71
RH RADIATOR FAN
OY
LF13-2
B
LF13-1 LF2AL
1A
2A
3A
4A
1B
2B
3B
4B
LH RADIATOR FAN
FUEL INJECTORS
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: AJ26 NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 04.3
HO2S
B
CMPS
CKPS
A
KS
KS
B
ECTS
EVAPP VALVE
CATALYST THERMOCOUPLES
A B
WY
EM64-2 EM64-1
B
EM2AL (EMIAL)
W W W W R R S S
PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3
W B U B
-1
W B U B
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM58 -2 -1
41
E
WR
EM10-1
PI4 -2
B+
14
BG
WU
WU
WP
II
B+ EM10-5
UP
38 76 42
E
BY GY WU
WK NO
EM10-9
PI15 -1
-2 PI17 -1
-3
-2 PI26 -1
-2 PI27 -1
-2
EM21 -3
-4 -1
-2
EM23 -3
-4 -1
-2
EM56 -2
-1
-4
-3
II
BG
RG
UY
PN
RY
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD PU
B BRD
BY BY
WR
EM14-3
B+
47
E
PIS10
BRD
BRD PS
WP
B+
48
E
49
E
52
E EM52 EM52 -5 -2 EM52 EM52 -1 -6 EM52 -7
O O
B BRD
BRD
BRD
AC26-4
AC26-1
EMS2 O EM11-8 EM11-9 EM11-10 EM11-11 EM11-12 EM11-13 EM11-14 I I EM11-15 EM11-16
7
II
WO
AC24-4
GB
AC24-1
US
ACS16
I I I O I
US
AC13-3
US
US
US
FCS35
EM1-8 EM10-10
UW UY G U BG BY BG R K YU YG YN YR UP GY G R N U BY BY BP
EMS1
BG
PI1-6
BRD
BY BY GY
BG
UP
BG
PIS1
UY
BG BG
RY
RG
WO
GB
US
BG UW B BK
53
E -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5
54
E PI1-16 PI1-27
EM52 EM52 -8 -3
B
EMS31
UR
EM2-16
B
EMS3 EM2AR (EM1AR)
UR
08.1
OU
FC19 EM2-13
OU
EM10-14
I EM12-1 EM12-2 EM12-3 EM12-4 I EM12-12 EM12-13 EM12-14 EM12-15 EM12-16 D EM10-13 O I EM10-15 I O O EM10-16 O D EM10-17 O O C EM10-25 I I C+ EM10-26 I I C EM10-27 I I C+ EM10-28 I EM14-4 EM14-5 EM14-6 EM14-7 EM14-8 EM14-9 EM14-10 EM14-11 EM14-12 EM13-11 EM13-12 EM13-13 EM13-17 EM13-18 EM13-19 EM13-20 EM13-27 EM13-28 EM13-29 EM12-17 EM12-18 EM12-19 EM12-22
UW
PI1-8 PI1-9 PI1-10 PI1-7 PI1-14
UW
PIS9
NOT USED
O.K. TO START
03.1 19.1 19.1 05.1 01.1 03.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1
I I
SERIAL COMMUNICATION SERIAL COMMUNICATION PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE CAN
K
EM10-12
O G PK Y G Y G Y
NOT USED
CAN CAN
CAN
PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O BK R R B B B B G G PS PU PN RG RY B B B
BRD
BRD
EMS9
-51
-12
PI1 -3 -4
-1
K BRD
U BRD UW BG
UW
ECM PROGRAMMING
19.1 03.1
P
EM11-3
O O
WR
BY
WR
BG
WG
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE WARNING INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
R
EMS19 PI2-7
R
PI33-1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2
ENGINE CRANK
GO
EM11-6
I I I
ECM PROGRAMMING
19.1
W
EM13-2
I O
GY
EM16 EM14-1 5
B+
G
EMS18 PI2-6
G
PI33-2
80 56
E
NG WP
GY
EMS20
GY
EM14-2
B+
O O
THROTTLE MOTOR
O EM13-14
O O O
RW
PY
PW
TPS
B
ELS1
GR
PEDAL POSITION
MECHANICAL GUARD
EL2-1
EL3-1
EL4 -1
-2
B
EMS31
I I
B
EL1-5
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EL1-4
BK
EL1-2 EL1-3
B
NOTE: ELS1 LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles. Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: AJ26 ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 04.4
IGNITION COILS
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
1 28
II
NY
BT11-1
10.2
RLG SP
FC63 -10 FC63 -7 FC63 -9 ON / OFF FC63 -8 560 560
KN
BT11-10
WU
AC26-3
WU
ACS22 AC13-16
WU
FCS71
WU
WG
12
II PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1
BT2-6
PG
AC24-2
WU
AC24-3
GW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
NY
BT55-2
FUEL PUMP
B B
BT55-1
680
SR
RH1-11 AC13-15 EM3-2 SC3-4
SR
SW1 -4
SR
SW2-4 SW3-3 430
BO PW
PIS5 PI1-53
GB
PW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
PW
FUEL TANK
BT2AL
KN
EM2-9
PG
EM3-6
WU
EM3-3
SP
CASSETTE
680
SG
EM3-4 EM3-1 SC3-3 O I I I EM10-2 EM10-3 EM10-4 EM10-11
SG
SW1 -3
SG
SW2-3 SW3-1 430
BO
SWS1 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43 EM26
UG ULG UN PG SR WU SG WU YW SLG SG RY KN SP W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS
PI1-30 PI1-32
CASSETTE
GW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
SC3-12 FCS48
SW1 -6
GB
GP
BO
BO
BO
SW2-6
PW PW
PW
EMS22
NW WP
83 55
E
UB
EM27 -8
EM27 -7
EM27 -12
EM29 -8
EM29 -11
EM29 -7
BK
FC3BL
I I I
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
I I I I O
IGNITION MODULE 2
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
EM13-1 EM13-3 EM13-15 EM13-16 EM13-22 EM13-23 EM13-24 EM13-25 EM13-26 EM13-31 EM13-32 EM13-33 EM13-34
EM1-13 EM2-12
LGW
LGO
LGU
LGR
LGS
LGK
LGP
LGY
EM1-3
RLG
EM2-14 EM2-6
UG ULG UN UB RLG
UG ULG UN UB RLG
I O O I I
EMS31
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
EM2AR (EM1AR) EMS26 EM17
RLG RY
NLG WP
79 57
E
O O O O O O O O
OG
LF9-2
W
LF40-6
46
E
RLG
PI1-13
RLG
PI36-1
PI1-33
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
PI1-38
OY
LF9-5 LF9-3
NG
72
WU
LF40-7
WU
LF9-7
78 39
II
NY WK
BR
PI2-5
BR
PIS2
B
LF9-1
P UB UB
LF3-6 LF57-5
B
EMS31
UB WU
LF57-1
230 BAR
BK
LF57-2
BK
LF2AR
WU
WU
LF40-9
20 BAR
BG
BW
BO
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BS
BY
BP
FUEL INJECTION RELAY NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.1.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
YW
LF40-11
YW
LF57-3
YW
12 BAR
BK
LF57-4
BK
LFS25
BK
LF2BL
PI7-2
-1
PI8-2
-1
PI9-2
-1
PI10-2
-1
PI11-2
-1
PI12-2
-1
PI13-2
-1
PI14-2
-1
71
RH RADIATOR FAN
OY
LF13-2 LF13-1 LF2AL
1A
2A
3A
4A
1B
2B
3B
4B
LH RADIATOR FAN
FUEL INJECTORS
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: AJ26 ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 05.1
NOTE: Gear Selector Module CAN Listen only node for gear selector position indicators. TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVES OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PRESSURE REGULATORS
L1
L2
L3
L4
B+
WR
FC88 -1
19
II
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
G Y G Y
CAN
EM46 -6
EM46 -5
EM46 -1
EM46 -10
RB
G
4
BU
UY
RU OG
OU
OR
OK
OB
RY
YB
YP
YU
R
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 -E -A -8 -C -D EM47 EM47 -J -K 3
BK
FC88 -6 FCS47
BK
BY 77 29
II
RB
WR
NO
EM7-26
B+
O O
EM7-1 EM7-2
OU RS OK OG B RB W RP US
EMS25
FC3BR
WB
EM7-54
B+ O B+ EM7-55 O I C EM7-82 I I C+ EM7-83 I C EM7-85 I I C+ EM7-86 EM7-12 EM7-13 EM7-14 EM7-15 EM7-16 EM7-4 EM7-5 EM7-6 EM7-8 EM7-9
43
E
30
II
WB G Y G Y
04.1
04.3
BY
EM1-18
BY US
EM1-17 FC83-1
US
US
BY
FC83-3
BY
FCS62
N
BRD U BS BU UY BRD
D4 SWITCH
AC12-11
BY
EM7-18
BY
O O O
BY OR YB YU YP B S Y
BS
EM1-16
BS
AC12-15
BS
ACS11
BS
O O I EM7-32 EM7-33 EM7-34 AC25-1
BY
AC25-2
I I
EM7-36 EM7-37
EM7-42
G
R RG
RS
EM3-11
RS
FC35 -7
WR RLG
20
II
I I
EM7-44 EM7-45
MODE STATE
10.2
RP
O O O EM7-51 EM7-52 EM7-53
RP
EM3-13
OB RY RU RG
RG
EM3-14 FC35 -2 FC35 -1
BK
FCS47
BK
EMS43
B
EM2AL (EM1AL)
MODE SWITCH
FC3BR
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 05.2
WO
AC26-4
GB
AC26-1
US
ACS16
US
AC13-3
US
FCS35
US
EM1-8
US
EM10-10
7
II
WO
AC24-4
GB
AC24-1
US Y
EM1-6 EM10-28
C + C
EM10-27
G
EM1-7
Y
FC88-4
C + C
FC88-3
G Y
FC88-9
C + C
FC88-8
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47
S
FC25-20
U
FCS11
U S
FCS12
19.1 19.1
SCP
S
FC25-19
SCP
15 19
NB
FC14-80
B+ (LOGIC)
NY
FC14-104
B+ (SOLENOIDS)
S
FC14-84
U S
FC14-85
5
II
WO
FC14-15
I I
FC14-32
S O
FC14-48
17
I
WN
OG
OG
FC86 -1 FC86 -2
B
FCS46
FC2BR (FC4BR)
O
FC14-51
RW
SC1-1
RW
B
SC1-2
B
FCS49
BK
FCS47
BK
FC87-3
BK NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SB
FC87-1
SB
FC14-58
I I
FC14-103 LOGIC
POWER
B BK
FC14-65
FC4BR (FC2BR)
FC3BR
FC3AS
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 06.1
74 35
II
NR
LF37-9
B+ B+
LF37-20
O
LF37-1
UO
LF40-1
UO
EM37-2 EM37-1
WU NY
LF37-25
UB
LF37-13 LF40-2
UB S
LF42-2 FR1-2
73
B+
I
S
LF37-3
CAN
19.1 19.1
Y
LF37-5
C +
LF37-4
G
LF42-1
G
FR1-1
CAN
G
LF37-15 NOT USED LF37-11 NOT USED LF37-10
C C + C
LF37-6
Y
LF60-5
Y
RH1-16
Y
BT2-11
Y
BT73-1
Y
RR1-1
11.5
UP
LF37-19
I
LF37-7
O
LF60-4
O
RH1-15
O
BT2-10
O
BT73-2
O
RR1-2
6
II
WO
AC26-4
GB
AC26-1
US
ACS16
US
AC13-3
US
FCS35
US
LF60-1
US
LF37-2
I
LF37-17
W
LF41-2
W
FL1-2
7
II
WO
AC24-4
GB
AC24-1
US
LF37-18
R
LF41-1
R
FL1-1
P
LF37-21 LF60-2
P
RH1-17
P
BT2-12
P
BT72-2
P
RL1-2
16
NR
FC55-9 STABILITY / TRACTION STATE FC55-11
RY
LF60-6
RY
LF37-16
U
LF37-22 LF60-3
U
RH1-18
U
BT2-13
U
BT72-1
U
RL1-1
B
LF37-8
B
FCS49
B
FC55-16 FC55-12
R
LF60-7
R
LF37-14
I I
B
LF37-24
FC4BR (FC2BR)
LF3AS
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 07.1
VENT ASSEMBLY
DEFROST SERVO
SOLAR SENSOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
B
PI37 -1
BW
LF29 -2
B
PI37 -2
OY
LF29 -1
SB
PI1 -55
BW
PI1 -2
BW
FC12 -1
UB
FC12 -2
LGW
FC12 -3
B
FC12 -4
BW
LF60 -11
OY
LF60 -10
BW
FC48 -2
P
FC48 -1
OU
FC48 -3
BW
FC44 -2
RG
FC44 -3
PR
FC44 -5
SR
FC44 -4
OR
FC44 -6
RY
FC44 -8
RU
FC44 -7
P
FC44 -9
P
FC52 -1
O
FC52 -2
KU
AC7 -1
UG
AC7 -10
BW
AC7 -2
SU
AC7 -3
UO
AC7 -5
GU
AC7 -4
UY UW
AC7 -6 AC7 -8
UR
AC7 -7
P
AC7 -9
NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide power for the A/CCM to park the servos. The ignition switched power supply to AC3-10 selects compressor lock sensing.
SB
BW
BW
UB
LGW
B
FCS46
BW
OY
BW
OU
BW
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
OP
KU
UG
BW
SU
UO
GU
UY UW
UR
EM1 -11
EM1 -12
AC15 -9
AC12 -18
B
FC2BR (FC4BR)
AC15 -5
AC15 -18
AC15 -12
AC15 -14
AC15 -13
AC15 -15
AC15 -17
AC15 -16
AC15 -4
SB
AC15 -6
BW
UB
LGW
OY
OU
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
OP
P
FCS34 FCS33 AC15-10
7
II
WP WP WN NY
WP
AC3-10
B+ O B+ AC4-1 O O I AC4-3 O O B+ AC4-5 O O O AC1-6 AC1-7 AC1-8 AC1-9 AC1-12 AC1-13 AC1-19 AC1-20 AC1-21 AC1-22 AC1-25 AC1-26
8
II
WP WN NY
18
I
41
FC24
4 5
42 B
NY B
FCS49
GY
AC13-12
GY
AC4-2
B+
O O
GW
AC15-8
GW
AC4-15
RY PR PY RB UW UO RU SR Y NR UR GU BW OP RG YW SU OU OR YG UY S SG SB OY UG SY SR UB KU WU P WR B B LGW BW BK
AC15-11
I FC4BR (FC2BR)
I I I I I
BW
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ENGINE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SG
AC12-10
SG
AC2-6
I I
PY
AC12-8
PY
AC4-6
I O I AC4-16 D I I AC3-2 AC3-3 AC3-4 AC3-5 AC3-6 AC3-7 AC3-8 AC3-11 AC3-12
OU
AC12-9
OU
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1 19.1
K
AC4-10
I D
ACS4
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
AC4-21
O I I
ACS21
O O O I O O O I
AC12-6
AC12 -2
AC12 -3
AC12 -4
AC12 -1
P BW
10.2
YG
PY
P BW YW
RB
NR
AC12-5
B
AC12-7
WR WU
SR
SY
SG
RK
RLG
10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING AC5 -1 AC5 -2 AC5 -6 AC5 -12 AC5 -7 AC6 -1 AC6 -2 AC6 -6 AC6 -12 AC6 -7
FC43 -7
FC43 -5
FC43 -6
FC43 -2
FC43 -3
FC43 -4
FC43 -1
FC43 -8
FC43 -9
P BW
YG
PY
P BW YW
RB
NR
SR
SY
SG
R RLG
I
FC3CS
I
B+
I
B+
I
START
D
DATA
D
DATA
I
CLOCK
I
DIMMER OVERRIDE
I
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
CONTROL PANEL
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 07.2
EM45
82
NP PS
GK
EM48-1 EM48-2
B 16
II
WR
71
NLG
LF12-2
OG
LF12-1
OG
LF9-2
RH RADIATOR FAN
B
LF13-1
W
LF40-6
W
LF9-9 LF9-8
WU
46
E
NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. Refer to Figures 04.2 and 04.4.
EM1BL (EM1BS)
OY
LF13-2
OY
LF9-5 LF9-3
NG
72
EM17 EMS24 3
81 RLG RY
5
NG PS
GS
EM49-1 EM49-2
B 17
II
LF2AL
LH RADIATOR FAN
WU
LF40-7
WU
LF9-7
WR
NLG WP
79 59
E
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
PS
B
LF9-1
EM2BS (EM2BL)
LF2AR
O I I
UG ULG UN WU YW RY W WU
EM2 -12 EM1 -13 EM1 -3
EM2-4
NS LGR
AC15-19
RN
AC13-4
RN
ACS1
RN
DD1-5
RN
DD8-9
B
DD8-11 DDS1
B
DD1-1
B
FC4AL (FC2AL)
WP
6
II
DRIVER MIRROR
RN
DP1-5
B PS
I I O
O O
RN
DP8-9
B
DP8-11 DPS1
B
DP1-1
B
FC2AL (FC4AL)
PASSENGER MIRROR
BT13-10
EM13-15 EM13-16
P UB
LF3-6
1
230 BAR
UY
BT58-3
UY
RH17 RH18
ULG UG
UN UB
LF57-5
28 BK
LF57-2
2 BT10-8
LGP
UB WU
LF57-1
BK
II
HEATED BACKLIGHT
RH2S
WU
LF40-9
WU YW
LF40-11 LF57-3
20 BAR
YW
YW
12 BAR
BK
LF57-4
BK
LFS25
LGP
BT2-1
I O O O O O O O
RLG
AC12-13 EM2-6
RLG
LF2BL RHD
24
AC20
LHD
48
NU UY
UW
AC6-5
UW 10
II
WP
UB
AC12-14 AC12-17 EM2-14 AC12-16
US
AC6-13
U
4
U
I O I O AC2-7 AC2-8 AC2-15 AC2-16
RW
B
AC6-8
B
2
US GO UK GP ULG UG UN UB
EM2-5 LF60-18 RHD
GO
AC6-10 FC2AL
G
3
RH BLOWER MOTOR
48 24 NW LGN
8 AC20 10
AC3-1
I O I
U U
EM43-2
LHD
UR
AC5-5
UR 9
II
B
EM43-1
B
EMS31
P
EM41-2
Y
EM41-1
YW
LF3-1
YW
LF7-2 #15 10A
4 40
II
WP
RW
2 LF5-5
HEATER VALVE
HEATER PUMP
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
UK
AC5-13
U
4
B
AC5-8
B
2
GP
EM2AR (EM1AR) FC4AL AC5-10
G
3
LH BLOWER MOTOR NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
6
II
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Instrument Packs
Instrument Packs
Fig. 08.1
29 13
II
NR
FC25-25
B+ B+
ILLUMINATION
FC25-3
RN
FC79-17
B+
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
O
FC25-28
RO
FC79-8
WG
FC25-2
B+
BATTERY VOLTAGE
O
FC26-1
RK
FC79-11
I I
FC79-18
10.2 10.2
RO
FC25-27
I I
FC26-21
BATTERY CHARGE WARNING OIL PRESSURE WARNING BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
O
FC26-2
OW RG
FC26-8 FC79-13
RLG
O O
FC26-9
I I
FC79-12
SCP
19.1 19.1
S
FC25-19
BATTERY VOLTAGE
RS RB
FC26-11 FC79-15
S +
BATTERY VOLTAGE
O O
FC26-12
I I
FC79-14
SCP
U
FC25-20
S
BATTERY VOLTAGE
RU OB
FC26-10 FC79-20
CAN
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47
OIL PRESSURE
O O
FC26-15
I I
FC79-19
CAN
G Y
FC25-23
OIL PRESSURE
OU OS
FC26-17 FC79-9
CAN
C + C
FC25-48
OIL PRESSURE
O O
FC26-18
I I
FC79-10
CAN
OIL PRESSURE
OG
A/CCM
PY
FC26-3
O O
FC26-4
A/CCM
SG OU
FC26-5
A/CCM POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE (CIRCUITS CONTINUED) RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
O O
FC26-6
BK
FCS48
BK
FC79-16
UB ON
FC26-7
VEHICLE SPEED
FC3BL
VEHICLE SPEED
16.2
16.3
UW
FC26-20
I
FC25-13
UY
FC27-7
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE GENERATOR AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE
SO
FC25-6
I I
FC26-22
SW YW
FC26-16
I
FC25-36
O
FC27-9
I I
FC26-24
BR
FC25-33 FC27-2
000 (RESET)
UR
EM2-16
UR
MESSAGE
I
FC25-35
Y
FC27-8
CLEAR
RW
F 80 BT7 BT2-18
RW
RH1-14
RW
FC26-14
I
FC25-14
R
FC27-1
MI / KM
900
E BT8
BW
RH1-13
BW
FC26-13
TRIP CYCLE
I
FC25-10
SU
SC2-5
SU
BK
SCS1
BK
BK
SC2-9 FCS48
BK
P OS
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
PI40-1 PI1-48
OS
EM2-8
OS
FC26-19
BK
FCS48
BK B
FCS49
BK
EMS38
BK
EM55-1 EM55-2
OP
EM1-19
OP
FC26-23
I
FC25-26
EM1BR (EM2BR)
FC4BR (FC2BR)
FC3BL
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Audible Warnings
Audible Warnings
Fig. 08.2
15 19 1 SCP SOURCES: DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDELAMPS Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE Fig. 13.1 MEMORY Fig. 12.1 CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT Fig. 15.2 KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH Fig. 13.1 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH Fig. 05.2 SEAT BELT SWITCH Fig. 12.1
SCP
NB
FC14-80
B+
NY
FC14-104
B+
RW
FC14-41
I I
FC14-15
5
II
WO WN
FC14-32
17
I
O
FC14-82
GR
SC1-10
GR
SC7-1
O
FC14-83
GB
SC1-11
GB
SC7-2
19.1 19.1
U
FC14-84
SCP
S
FC14-85
SPEAKER
S +
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR AUDIBLE WARNINGS: DIRECTION INDICATORS HAZARD WARNING SIDELAMPS ON VALET MODE WARNING GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK MEMORY CHIME CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
B
FC14-103
I I
FC14-65
POWER
BK
LOGIC
FC3AS
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 09.1
19.1 19.1
U S 15
4 4
UW UG
LF5-7
UY NB
FC14-80
#8 10A
LF6-8
S
FC25-20
U
FCS11
51 1 5
II
NG
FC14-79
4
B+
5 #6 10A LF6-4
UK US
LF6-9
S
FC25-19
S
FCS12
RW
FC14-41
4
I I
OB
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
LF8-3
LIGHTING INDICATORS
WO
FC14-15
4
S
OW OG
LF5-8
U
FC14-84
40
II
OB
LF32-1
B
LF32-2
S
FC14-85
S +
OG
FRONT FOG STATE
FC55-18
O
FC14-20
OG
FCS37
OG
LF1-7
LF31-3
O
FC14-68
US
LF1-5
MAIN
UY
LF31-2
B
LF31-4
FC55-20
UG
FC14-45 LF1-6
OR
FRONT FOG
FC55-17
OR
FC14-38
I O
DIP
RK
FC14-53 LF1-10
RK
LF31-1
BK
FCS47
BK
FC55-2
GY
FC14-2 LF1-2
GY
LF31-5 DI
B
LF31-6
PY
HAZARD
FC55-1
PY
FC14-59
B
FCS49
B
FC55-16 FC55-3
PW
HAZARD STATE
PW
FC14-96
RB
LF1-9
RB
LF11-1
B
LF11-2
FC3BR
FC4BR (FC2BR)
LIGHTING CONTROL
O
FC14-27
GO
LF4-1
B
LF4-2
LFS9
U
HEADLAMP FLASH
SC2-2
U
FC14-30
B
LF2BR
UB
HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SC2-6
UB
UB
FC14-14
OW YG YG
SC2-7
B
LF22-2
YG
FC14-88
I I
FC14-61
LF22-1
BK
FCS48
BK
SC2-9
BK
SCS1
BK KG
DIRECTION INDICATOR
KG
SC2-8
KG
FC3BL
UY
SC2-4
UY
UY
FC14-42
LF21-3
MAIN
UK RY
SCS2
B
LF21-4
RY
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
RY
FC14-16
I O
LF21-2
DIP
RY
FC14-1 LF1-11
RY
LF21-1
SIDELAMP
O
FC14-3
GK
LF1-1
GK
LF21-5 DI
B
LF21-6
10.2
RY
RW
LF1-8
RW
LF10-1
B
LF10-2
LFS8
NOTE: DI bulb failure BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps BPM programmed function.
B
FC14-103
B
LF1AL
I I
FC14-65
POWER LOGIC
BK
GR
LF1-4
GR
LF40-8
GR
EL1-6
GR
EL5-1
B
EL5-2 ELS1
B
EL1-5
B
EMS31
FC3AS
RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) BODY PROCESSOR MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
NOTE: ELS1 Cruise Control vehicles only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 09.2
US
BT11-5
11.5
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
UG
#8 5A BT11-8
GB
WO
AC26-4
6
II
54
SCP SCP
NK U S
FCS12 FCS11
NK
BT40-6
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
1 OG
BT40-7
5 #6 5A BT11-4
UP US
BT11-9 BTS5
19.1 19.1
U
RH12-15
U
BT1-10
U
BT40-16
S O S +
BT40-8
US
BT1-9
US
RH12-1
US
FCS35
US
AC13-3
US
US
ACS16 AC24-1
GB
WO
AC24-4
7
II
S
RH12-16
S
BT1-11
YW
BT40-5
RK
BT12-10
LIGHTING CONTROL
+
1 R 1
5 #21 5A BT10-4
RY RS
BT10-7
S S
S
FC25-19
BK
BT40-13 BTS21
I I
BT40-14
I
BT41-1
RW UO
BT27-1
B
BT27-2
CAN
19.1 19.1
Y
FC25-24
C +
U
FC25-20
BK
BT11-7
CAN
G
FC25-47
BK
BT1AR
OB OG
BT10-5 BTS3
28
II
FOG
YW
BTS9 BT31-6
REVERSE
RO
B
BT31-1
S S +
FC14-85
BT31-2
TAIL
S 15 19 51 NB
FC14-80
R
B+ (LOGIC) B+ (LIGHTING) BT18-25
UB
BT31-3
RY GY RK
BT18-17 BT31-4
STOP
NY
FC14-104
27
II
WG
BT18-24
B+
DI
NG
FC14-79
B+ (LIGHTING) BT18-14
UP
1 5
II
RW
FC14-41
I
BT18-15
B
BL4-2 BLS1
WO
FC14-15
16
NR
FC55-16
LIGHTING CONTROL
FRONT FOG STATE
FC55-18
BT18-21
RW
BT18-23 BTS40
RU OY OY
FC14-44
RU
BB1-2 BL1-2
RU
BT18-18
RG
BT18-22
FC55-20
RU UB
BL5-1
B
BL5-2
BB1-1
BK OP OP
FC14-12
BK
BTS21 BT18-26
BK
FCS47
BK
FC55-2
RH STOP LAMP
BT18-20
UW
REAR FOG
FC55-19
GK
BT30-4 DI BT1AR
B
BT3S
FC3BR (FC1BR)
HAZARD
FC55-1
UW
BT30-5
O
FC14-95
RS GY
FC14-50 RH2-3
STOP
RG
BT30-6
B
BT30-7
GY
BT1-2
TAIL
UY
DIP
UY
SC2-4
UY
FC14-42
O
FC14-76
GK
RH2-1
GK
BT1-1
YW
BT30-2
REVERSE
BK
BK
FCS48 SC2-9
BK
SCS1
BK
SIDE OFF
RY
SCS2
RY
RY
SC2-3 FCS9
RY
FC14-16
OB UG
CONV. BB1-3
UG
BL1-3
UG
BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE)
B
BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE) CONV. COUPE
B
BLS1
BT30-1
FOG
FC3BL (FC1BL)
B
FC14-103
I I
FC14-65
UG
POWER
COUPE BT1-17
UG
B
RHS2
BK
10.2
RY
LOGIC
B B
BB1-1 RH1S
RW
BT26-1
B
BT26-2 BTS17
BT2AR
FC3AS
BTS23
B
BT3S
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
6
II
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Headlamp Leveling
Headlamp Leveling
Fig. 09.3
34
II
WR
FC55-5 0 1 2 3 203 187 FC55-6
32
II
WR
LF34-1
GS
LF60-15
GS
LFS6
GS
LF34-2
SERVO AMPLIFIER
BK
FC55-2 FCS47
BK
LEVELING SWITCH
FC3BR LF34-3
B
LFS9
B
LF2BR
33
II
WR
LF24-1
GS
LF24-2
SERVO AMPLIFIER
LF24-3
B
LFS8
B
LF1AL
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Interior Lighting
Interior Lighting
Fig. 10.1
15 19
NB
FC14-80
NY RW
FC14-41
NW
FC31-2 FC31-1
B
FCS50 (LHD) FCS46 (RHD)
B
FC4BL (FC4BR)
NOTE: Crank input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.
1 5
II
I I
FC14-15
WO WN
FC14-32
LH FOOTWELL LAMP
FADE 1 O
NW
FC14-24 FCS1
NW
FC32-2 FC32-1
B
FCS46 (LHD) FCS50 (RHD)
B
FC2BR (FC2BL)
17
I
BK
FCS48
BK
FC4-5 FC4-4
UR
FC14-67
RH FOOTWELL LAMP
I
NW
RH2-5
NW
RH3-2 RH3-1
B
RHS2
B
RH1S
FC3BL
SCP SCP
19.1 19.1
U S
FCS12
PW
BT56-2 BT56-1
RY
LH TRUNK LAMP
PW
RH2-6
S 25 N
DD10-1 B+ AC14 -9
PW
BT1-5
PW
BTS25
PW
BT59-2 BT59-1
RY
BTS26
RY
BT29-1 BT29
RY
BT29-2 BTS6
RY
BT46-2
BK
BT46-1
BK
BTS21 BT1AR
RH TRUNK LAMP
PW
FC33 FC34
TRUNK SWITCH
B
FCS46 FC2BR (FC4BR)
AC14 -8
S
LOCK
ILLUMINATION O ENABLE
OY
DD3-10 DD11-12
I
S
38
NW
DD3-12
U
ACS5
UNLOCK
DD3-11
OU
DD11-4
S
DD1-3
S
ACS6
PW
RF1-10
PW
RFS2
PW
RF8-1 RF8-3
BK
KEY BARREL
LH VANITY LAMP
GY
DD11-20
O
DD10-14
GW PW
RF7-1 RF7-3
BK
RH VANITY LAMP
BK
DDS7
B
DD1-21
B
DD10-17
FC4AR (FC2AR)
PW
RF10-5
RW
RF1-12
RW
RF10-4
LH MAP LAMP
BK 49 N
DP10-1 + S DP10-16 B+ S DP10-9
BK
RFS1 RF1-3
BK
FC3BR
U
DP1-6
U S
DP1-3
POWER
I
FC14-103
B
RH MAP LAMP
RF10-1
LOGIC I
FC14-65
BK
RH MAP LAMP SWITCH
BK
DP3-7 DP3-6
GY
DP11-20
I O
GW
DP10-14
FC3AS
ROOF CONSOLE
GW
DD14-2
BK
DPS7
LOGIC
B
DD14-1 DDS1
B
DD1-1
B
FC4AL (FC2AL)
B
DP1-21
B
DP10-17
POWER
FC2AR (FC4AR)
B
DPS1
B
DP1-1
B
FC2AL (FC4AL)
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
Fig. 10.2
RADIO
DIMMER OVERRIDE
DIMMER OVERRIDE
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC79 -16
FC79 -8
FC25 -28
FC25 -27
FC26 -21
FC25 -26
IC10 -3
IC10 -4
BK
FCS48
RO
RO
RLG
B
FCS49
RU
IC1 -6
RLG BRD
IC1 -5 CE2
RG
FC55 -10
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC55 -4
FC55 -16
B
FCS49 FC43 -9 FC43 -8 FC43 -7
BK
FC3BL
B
FC4BR (FC2BR)
RLG
RK
B
FC4BR (FC2BR)
RU
RLG
RLG
RK B
07.1
A/CCM (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RLG
SC11-2
RLG
SC3-8
RLG
FCS4
RLG
FC35-10
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RU 52 53 15
I
BK
FC35-5 FC35-1 FCS47
BK
NP
FC23-10
B+
O
FC23-1
RO
FCS72
NP
FC23-11
B+
O
FC23-2
RO
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
FC3BR
WN
FC23-3
I O
B
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
UO
SC11-4
UO
SC3-9
UO
FC23-12
O I
FC23-5
FC23-7
Y
SC11-5
Y
SC3-10
Y G
SC3-11 FC23-6
G
SC11-6
G RY
SC11-3
B
FCS49
RY
DIMMER OVERRIDE
O
FC23-8
RK
FCS3
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
B
FC4BR (FC2BR)
B
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
DIP
RLG RY
SCS2
BK
FCS48
BK
SC2-9
BK
BK
SCS1
SIDE OFF
RY
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
RY
FC23-4
FC63-10
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC3BL
B
FCS46 FC23-9
RK
FC27-3
B
FC27-4
14.1
09.2
09.1
RY
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
DIMMER MODULE
RK B
DD17-4
RK
DD17-5
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
FC4BL (FC2BL)
B
FC88-10
B
DDS1
B
DD5-1 DD5-9
RK
DDS5
RK
DD1-9
RK
ACS7
RK
AC15-7
RK
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
B
FC67-5
B
DPS1
B
DP17-3 DP17-4
RK
DP1-9
RK RK
FC77-6
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
VALET SWITCH
B
FC77-5 FCS2
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
FC2AL (FC4AL)
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
FC2CS (FC4CS)
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 11.1
11
II
WP
FC16-6
B+
O
FC16-2
R
EM2-7
R
LL1-1
R
LL2-1
08.1
UB
FC16-4
O
FC16-5
S
EM2-1
S
LL1-2
S
LL2-2
B
FC16-8 FCS49
FC4BR (FC2BR)
LHD
11
II
WP
FC16-6
B+
O
FC16-2
R
EM2-7
R
EM18-1
08.1
UB
FC16-4
O
FC16-5
S
EM2-1
S
EM18-2
B
FC16-8 FCS49
FC4BR (FC2BR)
RHD
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 11.2
15 43 1 5
II
NB
FC14-80
NY
FC14-102
TILT
B+ (COLUMN MOTORS)
REACH
RW
FC14-41
I I
FC14-15
WO WN
FC14-32
17
I
I S
FC14-84
SCP
19.1 19.1
U S
FCS12
FCS11
U S
FC14-85
WU WG
R WU WG
SCP
S +
FC60 -2 FC60 -5 FC60 -3 FC60 -1 FC60 -6 FC61 -3 FC61 -6 FC61 -4 FC61 -1 FC61 -8
BK
FCS48
BK
FC4-5 FC4-4
UR
FC14-67
WU BG
FC14-90
YK
PN
BR WU
PU
PG
BS
FC3BL
O O
FC14-40
WU
FCS17
BK
FCS47
BK
FC87-3
BK
SB
FC87-1
SB
FC14-58
I
FC14-93
YK PN
FC14-99
FC3BR
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT CONTROL
270
O O
FC14-100
BR BW
FC14-91
O I
PU
FC14-66
100
UP
PG
FC14-78
21
SC3-5
NP
SC9-1
470 820
DOWN
SC9-3
SK
SC3-6
SK
FC14-87
I O
BS
FC14-52
FORE
AFT
I
FC14-25
B
FCS46
I
FC14-103
B BK
FC14-65 FC2BR (FC4BR)
BK
SC2-9
BK
BK
SCS1 SC9-7
YB
YB
SC3-7 FC14-11
LOGIC
BK
BK
SC9-5
FC3BL
FC3AS
FCS48
BK 25
CAN
N
DD10-1
B+
19.1 19.1
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47
S
FC25-20
U S
FC25-19
U
AC14-8
U
ACS5
U
DD1-8
U
DD10-9
S S +
DD10-16
FC3BL
CAN
S
AC14-9
S
ACS6
S
DD1-3
VEHICLE SPEED
35
NW
DD5-5
MEMORY 1
DD5-7
UP
DD11-21
I I
DD11-6
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: Memory circuit Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
MEMORY SET
DD5-10
KS UN
DD5-6 DD11-22
MEMORY 2
I I
DD11-2
UG
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD5-8
MIRROR CONTROL
GY
DD11-20
BK
DD1-2
BK
DDS7
BK
DD10-8
I I
DD10-17
LOGIC
B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)
POWER
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Mirror Movement
Mirror Movement
Fig. 11.3
U 15 1 5
II
NB
FC14-80
19.1 19.1
SCP
B+
S
I
RW
FC14-41
SCP
WO
FC14-15
I I
FC14-32
S
FC14-84
U
FCS11
U
FC25-20
S S +
FC25-19
C
FC25-24
Y G
FC25-47
19.1 19.1
CAN
17
I
WN SB
+ S FC14-85
S
FCS12
CAN
BK
FCS47
BK
FC87-3
BK
SB
FC87-1
I
FC14-58
LOGIC
I
FC14-65
BK
AC14 -9 AC14 -8
FC3BR
VEHICLE SPEED
VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
S 25 BK
DD1-2 B+
BK
DDS7
BK
DD3-7 DD3-6
GY
FC4AR (FC2AR)
S
DD10-9
U
DD1-8
U
ACS5
S
DD10-16
S
DD1-3
S
ACS6
WU WG
DD8 -2 DD8 -6
K
DD8 -8
N
DD8 -3
U
DD8 -5
G
DD8 -10
Y
DD8 -4
WU WG
DP8 -2 DP8 -6
K
DP8 -8
N
DP8 -3
U
DP8 -5
G
DP8 -10
Y
DP8 -4
35
MEMORY 1
DD5-7
UP
DD11-21
I I
DD11-6
MEMORY SET
DD5-10
KS UN
DD5-6 DD11-22
WU
O
DD10-20
BK
PK
PN
PU
PG
BY
WU
BK
PK
PN
PU
PG
BY
MEMORY 2
I I
DD11-2
WU PK
DD10-22
UG
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD5-8
I O
PN
DD10-4
MIRROR CONTROL
I
DD10-21
PU PG
DD10-3
36
NW
DD17-10
DIRECTION UP
DD17-2
OB
DD11-1
I O I
DD11-17
BY
DD10-2
LH VERTICAL
DD17-11
OR YO
DD17-12 DD11-10
DOWN
LEFT RH VERTICAL
DD17-1
SN
DD17-13 DD11-3
I I
DD11-9
LOGIC POWER
I
DD10-8
BK
DDS7
BK
DD1-2
BK B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)
BK
DD1-2 FC4AR (FC2AR)
BK
DDS7
BK
DD17-20
RIGHT
RH HORIZONTAL
DD17-14
YN
B
DD10-17
S S
DP10-16
U S
DP1-3
11.4
WG
S WU
DP10-20
49
N
DP10-1
B+
O I
DP10-22
PK PN
DP10-4
MIRROR O CONTROL
O
PU
DP10-21
I
DP10-3
PG BY
DP10-2
O I
DP10-8
LOGIC POWER
BK
DPS7
BK
DP1-2
BK B
DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)
B
DP10-17
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 11.4
U 36 NW
DD17-10
19.1 19.1
SCP
25
N
DD10-1
B+
S DD10-9 + S DD10-16
U
DD1-8
U
ACS5
U S
ACS6
SCP
S
DD1-3
PB
DD1-20
PB
DD8-12
PB
DOWN
MIRROR CONTROL
WG
DD11-15
MIRROR TINT
I I
DD10-8
AC14 -9
AC14 -8
R
AC16-4
R
DD1-6
R
DDS3
R
DD8-1
RH VERTICAL
BK
BK
DD1-2
BK
DDS7
RIGHT
RH HORIZONTAL
FC4AR (FC2AR)
SR
AC16-6
SR
DD1-14
SR
DD8-7
S
SLIP MECHANISM
MIRROR JOYSTICK
DD17-20
BK
DDS7
U
SD1-3
U S
SD1-8 FCS12
FCS11 FCS7
SR
AC13-20
SR
DP1-14
SR
DP8-7
BK
DD1-2
S
SD5-9
BK
FC4AR (FC2AR)
MIRROR CONTROL
O
R
SD3-4 SD1-7
R
FCS6
R
AC13-18
R
DP1-6
R
DPS3
R
DP8-1
I
SD5-2
B
SDS3
B
SD1-1
B
ACS9 FC6L (FC5L)
PB
DP1-20
PB
DP8-12
PB
MIRROR TINT
U S
SP1-8
30
NK
SP5-5
B+
MIRROR CONTROL
O
SP3-4
15
II
WR
RF2-1
B+
R
SP1-7
SR B
SPS3 SP1-1
PB
AC13-19
PB
RF1-14
PB
RF2-4
MIRROR TINT OUTPUT SIDE LAMPS ON (EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES) CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN (EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES) REVERSE GEAR SELECTED
I
SP5-2
B LGY
YU
RF1-11
YU
RF2-5
LGY
RH2-18 RF1-9
LGY
RF2-6
FC5S (FC6S)
YW
BT1-19
YW
RH2-17
YW
RF1-2
YW
RF2-2
BK 54
B+ S BT40-16
BK
RF1-3 RFS1
BK
RF2-3
U
BT1-10
U
RH12-15
U S
RH12-16 FC3BR
S
BT1-11
O
BT40-5
YW
BTS9
LIGHTING I CONTROL
I
BK
BT40-13
YW
BTS21
09.2
BK
BT40-14
BK
LGY
RHS6 RH29-2
LGY
B
RH29-1
BT1AR
YU
NOTE: RHS6 Early production vehicles (VIN 003300) only.
SC2-1
CAN CAN
19.1 19.1
C + C
FC25-47
S FC25-20 + S FC25-19
U S
YU
UY
LGY
15.2
REVERSE GEAR
DIP
UY
SCS4
UY
SC2-4
BK
BK
FCS48 SC2-9
BK
BK
SCS1
SIDE OFF
RY
SCS2
RY
SC2-3
NOTES: Convertible Top down circuit to Electrochromic Rear View Mirror deleted for volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ). Side Lamps circuit to Electrochromic Rear View Mirror deleted for volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ). Lighting Stalk Switch configuration as shown early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) only. NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 11.5
59 26
II
NS
BT69-27
B+
O
BT69-30
OB
BT3-8
OB
RH12-13
OB
LF1-19
OB
LF43-A
WR
BT69-11
B+
O
BT69-31
OW
BT3-9
OW
RH12-14
OW
LF1-18
OW
LF43-B
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1 19.1
O
BT69-10
D D
BT69-28
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
OG
BT3-10
OG
RH12-11
OG
LF60-19
OG
LF44-A
O
BT69-33
OY
BT3-11
OY
RH12-12
OY
LF60-20
OY
LF44-B
SO
RH12-2
SO
BT3-14
SO
BT69-1
O O I
BT69-24 BT69-13
OR
BT72-3
OR
RL2-A
ON
RH1-19
ON
BT1-4
ON UP
BT1-3 BT69-2
O I
BT69-32
OK
BT72-4
OK
RL2-B
UP
LF1-13
UP
RH2-12
UP
OP
BT69-15 BT73-3
OP
RR2-A
O
BT69-34
OU
BT73-4
OU
RR2-B
WO
AC26-4
GB
AC26-1
US
ACS16
US
FCS35
US
RH12-1
US
BT1-9
US
BTS5
US
BT69-26
7
II
WO
AC24-4
GB
AC24-1
US
I
BT69-20
PB
BT3-7
PB
RH12-6
PB
EM3-12
PB
EM59-1
UW
EM3-10
UW
EM59-2
U
EM3-9
U
EM59-3
B+
I
BT69-21
UB
BT3-5
UB
RH12-7
UB
FC7-1
O
BT69-3
UW
BTS28
UW
BT3-13
UW
RH12-8
UW
FCS84
UW U
FCS83 FC7-3
O
BT69-25
U
BTS27
U
BT3-12
U
RH12-9
B+
I
BT69-22
RB
RB
BT52-1
UW B
BT69-18
BT52-2
U
BT52-3
B+
BT2BL
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 12.1
U S Y G
19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1
SCP SCP
S
FC14-84
U S
FC14-85 FCS12
FCS11
RW
FC14-41
I I
FC14-15
+ S
WO WN
FC14-32
CAN
17
I
I O
FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
CAN
16
NR
FC55-9
OK (LHD) OS (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)
POWER LOGIC
I
FC14-103
B BK
FC14-65
ON (LHD) OU (RHD)
I
FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)
OK
SD19-1
R
THERMOSTAT HEATER
B
SD19-3
R
SD17-1 SD17-3
BK
BK
FC55-2
HEATER
FCS47
FC3AS
DRIVER SQUAB
25
B+
S
DD10-9
U
AC14-8
U S
AC14-9
OR
SD14-3
MEMORY 1
DD5-7
UP
DD11-21
I I
DD11-6
S
DD10-16
S
DD1-3
S
ACS6
SOLENOID VALVE
MEMORY SET
DD5-10
KS UN
DD5-6 DD11-22
OB
SD14-1
B
SD14-2 SDS3
B
SD1-1
MEMORY 2
I I
DD11-2
S
FC25-20
U
PRESSURE SWITCH
UG
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD5-8
+ +
S
FC25-19
FC6L (FC5L)
BK
DD1-2
BK
BK
DDS7 DD10-8
I I
LOGIC
B
DD1-21
B
DD10-17
VEHICLE SPEED
C
FC25-24
POWER
C
FC25-47
S S
SD5-9
7 22 N
SD20-2 SD20-1
NK
SD5-5
B+
S
SD1-8
S
SD8 -5 SD8 -6 SD8 -2 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -5 SD7 -6 SD7 -2 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 SD9 -5 SD9 -6 SD9 -2 SD9 -1 SD9 -3
G
SD5-8
O
SD3-3
OK OR
SD3-6
WG
W WY
PS
PO
WB WU WO
KS
KO
WN WP WR
US
UO
GN
SD11-3 SD3-13
I I
SD3-14
O
SD3-5
OB WG
SD4-1
23
N
SD11-9
LUMBAR DEFLATE
GP
SD11-11
O O
SD4-5
SEAT FRONT
RAISE
SD11-12
KY KW
SD11-14
W WY
SD4-11
KY
SDS5
KY
SD3-12
I I
SD3-11
O
SD3-1
PS PO
SD3-2
KW
SDS4
KW GY
O O
SD4-18
I
SD3-16
WB WU
SD4-2
GW
SD3-15
I I
SD3-9
O I
SD4-12
UY UW
SD3-10
WO KS
SD3-7
O O
SD3-8
B
SD11-1
KO WN
SD4-6
B
SD1-1
B
SDS3
B
SD5-2
POWER
O
SD4-14
WP WR
SD4-10
I O
SD5-3
B
SD1-6
B
SD5-1
US UO
SD5-4
FC6R (FC5R)
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 12.2
U
S
FC14-84
U
FCS11
WO
FC14-15
19.1 19.1
SCP
I
+
S
FC14-85
S
FCS12
17
I
WN
FC14-32
SCP
16
NR
FC55-9
OK (LHD) OS (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)
O
FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
OK
SD19-1
R
THERMOSTAT HEATER
B
SD19-3
R
SD17-1 SD17-3
ON (LHD) OU (RHD)
I
FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)
HEATER
BK
BK
FC55-2
FCS47
DRIVER SQUAB
I I
FC14-65
POWER
FC3BR
BK
LOGIC
OR
SD14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
OB
SD14-1
B
SD14-2 SDS3
B
SD1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH
FC6L (FC5L)
S
SD5-10
U
SD1-3
U S
SD1-8 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 SD9 -1 SD9 -3
7 22 N
SD20-2 SD20-1
NK
SD5-5
B+ +
S
SD5-9
S OK
SD3-3
G
SD5-8
O O
SD3-6
OR OB
SD3-5
PS
PO
KS
KO
US
UO
GN
SD11-3 SD3-13
I I
SD3-14
23
N
SD11-9
LUMBAR DEFLATE
GP
SD11-11
KY KW KY
SD11-4 SDS5
KY
SD3-12
I I
SD3-11
O
SD3-1
PS PO
SD3-2
KW
SDS4
KW GY
I
SD3-16
GW
SD3-15
I I
SD3-9
UY UW
SD3-10
O
SD3-7
KS KO
SD3-8
B
SD11-1
B
SD1-1
B
SDS3
B
SD5-2
POWER
B
SD1-6
B
SD5-1
O
SD5-3
US UO
SD5-4
FC6R (FC5R)
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 12.3
15 5
II
NB
FC14-80
B+ S
U
FC14-84 FCS11
U S
FCS12
WO
FC14-15
19.1 19.1
SCP
I
+ S
S
FC14-85
17
I
WN
FC14-32
SCP
16
NR
FC55-9
OS (LHD) OK (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)
O
FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)
OK
SP19-1
R
THERMOSTAT HEATER
B
SP19-3
R
SP17-1 SP17-3
OU (LHD) ON (RHD)
I
FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)
HEATER
BK
BK
FC55-2
PASSENGER SQUAB
FCS47
I I
FC14-65
POWER
FC3BR
BK
LOGIC
OR
SP14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
OB
SP14-1
B
SP14-2 SPS3
B
SP1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH
FC5S (FC6S)
U
SP5-10 SP1-3
U S
SP1-8 SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 SP7 -3 SP9 -1 SP9 -3
44
30
NK
SP5-5
B+ + S
S
SP5-9
G
SP5-8
NOT USED
O
SP3-3
OK OR
SP3-6
O
INFLATE
PS
PO
KS
KO
US
UO
GN
SP11-3 SP3-13
I I
SP3-14
O
SP3-5
OB
45
N
SP11-9
LUMBAR DEFLATE
GP
SP11-11
KY KW KY
SP11-4 SPS5
KY
SP3-12
I I
SP3-11
O
SP3-1
PS PO
SP3-2
KW
SPS4
KW GY
I
SP3-16
GW
SP3-15
I I
SP3-9
UY UW
SP3-10
O
SP3-7
KS KO
SP3-8
B
SP11-1
B
SP1-1
B
SPS3
B
SP5-2
POWER
NOT CONNECTED
SP1-6
B
SP5-1
O
SP5-3
US UO
SP5-4
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 12.4
15 5
II
NB
FC14-80
B+ S
U
FC14-84 FCS11
U S
FCS12
WO
FC14-15
19.1 19.1
SCP SCP
I
+ S
S
FC14-85
17
I
WN
FC14-32
16
NR
FC55-9
OS (LHD) OK (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)
O
FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)
OK
SP19-1
R
THERMOSTAT HEATER
B
SP19-3
R
SP17-1 SP17-3
OU (LHD) ON (RHD)
I
FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)
HEATER
BK
BK
FC55-2
PASSENGER SQUAB
FCS47
I I
FC14-65
POWER
FC3BR
BK
LOGIC
OR
SP14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
OB
SP14-1
B
SP14-2 SPS3
B
SP1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH
FC5S (FC6S)
U
SP5-10 SP1-3
U S
SP1-8 SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 SP7 -3
44
30
NK
SP5-5
B+ + S
S
SP5-9
G
SP5-8
O
SP3-3
OK OR
SP3-6
O
INFLATE
PS
PO
KS
KO
GN
SP11-3 SP3-13
I I
SP3-14
O
SP3-5
OB
45
N
SP11-9
LUMBAR DEFLATE
GP
SP11-11
SP11-12
SP11-14
O
SP11-4 SP3-1
PS PO
SP3-2
O
SP11-5
GY
SP3-16
I I
SP3-15
GW UY
SP11-6 SP3-9
I I
SP3-10
UW B
SP11-1
O
SP3-7
KS KO
SP3-8
B
SP1-1
B
SPS3
B
SP5-2
POWER
NOT CONNECTED
SP1-6
B
SP5-1
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 13.1
U 15 1 5 NB
FC14-80 B+
19.1 19.1
SCP SCP
S
I
RW
FC14-41
WO
FC14-15
I I
FC14-33
NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock.
II
8
II
RG
63
NY
BT40-15
B+
BK
FCS48
BK
FC4-5 FC4-4
UR
FC14-67
S
FC14-84
U
FCS11
U
RH12-15
U
BT1-10
U
BT40-16
S S +
BT40-8
FC3BL
S
FC14-85
S
FCS12
S
RH12-16
S
BT1-11
NOTE: Early production convertible vehicles ( VIN 003300) antenna shield grounded to RH3S.
I
RH20-1
RH7 -1
RH7 -2
LOCK CONTROL
SB
FC87-1 FC14-58
T B BRD
RHS3
BK
FC87-3
BK
SB
BK
BTS21
BK
BT46-1
RY
BT46-2 BTS6
RY
BT41-5
I I
RH20-2
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SO
TRUNK
FCS47 FC41-10 FC14-5
T
RH20-1
AC14 -9
AC14 -8
BT1AR
TRUNK SWITCH
I
BRD
RH20-2
YR
BT41-19 BT2-7
BK
FC41-3
SW
FUEL FILL
FC41-6 FC14-31
I
BT41-7
YP
BT2-16
BK
FC3BR
O
BT40-1
OR
BT43-2 BT43-1
B
FCS50
B
FC67-5 FC67-4
SP
FC14-55
I O I
FC14-103
BK SR
FC14-71 BTS21 BT40-13
I I
BT40-14
VALET SWITCH
FC4BL (FC2BL)
POWER LOGIC
BK
OB
BT6-2 BT6-1
B
BTS20
BK
FC14-65 FC3AS
BK
BT1AR
YP
YR
B
BT1AL
25 37 NW
DD3-13 DD3-5
B+
S
DD10-9
U
DD1-8
U
ACS5
LGU
DD11-5
S
DD10-16
S
DD1-3
S
ACS6
YR (LHD) YP (RHD)
AC13-6 (LHD) AC13-17 (RHD)
LOCK STATUS
YR
DD1-16
Y
DD3-9 DD3-8
BK
DDS7
OY
DD3-10 DD11-12
I I
DD11-4
O
DD10-5
SY SG
DD1-19
SY
DD3-3
38
NW
DD3-12
BK
DD1-2
UNLOCK
DD3-11
OU BK
DD3-7 DD3-6
SG
DD3-2
KEY BARREL
GY
DD11-20
O
DD10-6
SU
SU
DD3-1
BK
BK
DDS7
BK B
FC4AR (FC2AR)
LOGIC
9 10
FC24 8
B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)
I
DD10-17
POWER
SG
AC15-1
SG
ACS2
SR
49 33 NW
DP3-13 DP3-5
B+
S
DP10-9
U
DP1-8
U S
DP1-3
LGU
DP11-5
S
DP10-16
LOCK STATUS
EXTERIOR HANDLE
BK
DP3-7 DP3-6
GY
DP11-20
YP
DP1-16
Y
DP3-9 DP3-8
BK
DPS7
SY
DP10-5
SY
DP3-3
BK
DP1-2
BK
DPS7
SG
LOGIC
DP1-19
SG
DP3-2
O I
POWER
DP10-6
SU
SU
DP3-1
BK
FC2AR (FC4AR)
B
DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)
DP10-17
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 14.1
4 4
5 #7 30A LF6-1
YR
LF25-2 LF25-1
2 LF6-10
NB
FC14-80
B+
O
FC14-18
YS
LF1-17
YS YW
LF1-15 LF27-3 FLUID LEVEL
NY
FC14-104
B+
I
FC14-6
YW YG
FC14-26 LF1-16
WO
FC14-15
YG
LF27-2 LF27-1
B
LFS7
LF1AR
2
II
WO
WASH
LGR
SC1-8
LGR
FC14-37
I I
FC14-34 LF48 4 5
LGK
FAST WIPE SC1-6
LGK LGO
SC1-5 FC14-94
B NU BLG
LFS18
KG
I
LGO
SLOW WIPE
10
9
I
NU
FLICK WIPE
LGU
SC1-7
LGU
FC14-9
INTERMITTENT WIPE
O
FC14-43
BLG
LF60-16
BLG
560
LF49
4 5
KG
1.3 DELAY 2.7 5.1 11 51
U R WLG
11
NU
WLG
LF60-17
WLG
FAST
BW BR
EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD) EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD)
R
LF3-4
R U
LF3-3
B
LFS18
B
LF3-5
B
EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD)
SLOW
NLG
LF3BS PARK SWITCH EM51-3
RY
LF3-2
RY
BK
BK
FCS48 SC2-9
BK
BK
SIDE OFF
RY
SCS2
RY
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
RY
FC14-16
SCS1
WIPER MOTOR
I
FC14-60
FC3BL
RY
LF1-14
RY
10.2
RY
POWER
I
FC14-103
B BK
FC14-65
LOGIC
FC3AS
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Window Lifts
Window Lifts
Fig. 15.1
S
19.1 19.1
SCP SCP
CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control Convertible vehicles only.
S
FC14-84
U S
FC14-85 FCS12
FCS11
U
FC25-20
S S +
FC25-19
S U
01.1
NO
26
NO
BT2-8
NO
RH2-8
NO
S S +
BT40-8
01.2
NO
FCS81
NO
NO
DD1-22
25
N
DD10-1
B+
RH12-15
S
BT1-11
RH12-16
AC14 -9
AC14 -8
S
I
U
ACS5
36
NW
DD17-10
BG
LH WINDOW DOWN
DD17-17 DD10-10
S
DD10-9
U
DD1-8
U S
DD1-3 ACS6
BR
RH WINDOW UP
DD17-6 DD10-19
+ S DD10-16
PB
DD10-11 DD16-2
BP
RH WINDOW DOWN
DD17-7 DD11-7
I O
PO
DD10-13 DD16-5 DD16-4
BK
DDS7
BK
DD1-2
BK
BK
DD1-2 FC4AR (FC2AR)
BK
DDS7
BK
DD17-20
I
DD10-12
PW
DD16-6
MOVEMENT SENSOR
FC4AR (FC2AR)
O
DD10-15
OU
DD16-1
O
DD10-7
OB
DD16-3
LOCK
OY
DD3-10 DD11-12
I I
DD11-4
38
NW
DD3-12
UNLOCK
DD3-11
OU BK
DD1-2
KEY BARREL
BK
DDS7
BK
DD10-8
I I
DD10-17
LOGIC
B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)
POWER
FC14-63
SW
FC62-6
SR
01.1
NY
50
NY
BT2-2
NY
RH2-13
NY
FC14-10
FC62-1
LGR
FC14-89 RF1-4
01.2
NY
NY
DP1-22
49
N
DP10-1
B+ FC14-62
LGU
RF1-5
S
DP10-9
U
DP1-8
U
FC14-36
LGW
RF1-6
S
DP10-16
S
DP1-3
S
FC14-98
GB
RH2-11
BO 34 NW
DP17-1
I
DP10-18
LOCAL WINDOW UP
DP17-2
I
DP10-11
PB
DP16-2 FC14-77
GP
RH2-15
BG
LOCAL WINDOW DOWN
DP17-7 DP10-10
OLG
O
DP10-13
PO
DP16-5 DP16-4
BK
DPS7
BK
DP1-2
BK
BK
DP1-2 FC2AR (FC4AR)
BK
DPS7
BK
DP17-8
WINDOW LIFT CONTROL WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
DP1-2
RF1-13
RH2-2
I
DP10-12
PW
DP16-6
MOVEMENT SENSOR
FC2AR (FC4AR)
NOTE: Coupe vehicles only Convertible Top fascia harness wiring not used.
OU
DP10-15 DP16-1
BK
DPS7
BK
DP10-8
I I
DP10-17
LOGIC
O
POWER
DP10-7
OB
DP16-3
B
DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Convertible Top
Convertible Top
Fig. 15.2
S
DD10-9
U
DD1-8
U
ACS5
U
AC14-8
U S
AC14-9
FCS11
U
FCS12
SCP
S
DD10-16
S
DD1-3
S
ACS6
S Y G
SCP CAN
B 68 NR NK
4 5
BT74 3
GW
BT4-4
GW
RH5-3
O
RH33-2
CAN
55
GB
NB
FC14-80
B+
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47 BTS37
S
DP10-9
U
DP1-8
U S
DP1-3
5
II
WO
FC14-15
I I
FC14-33
G
S
FC14-84
LH QUARTER UP RELAY
B
4 5 BT75 3
S
DP10-16
8
II
RG WN
FC14-32
U S
FC14-85
U
FC25-20
S S +
FC25-19
69
NR NK B
GR
BT4-5
GR
RH5-1
17
UP
FC62-1 I
I I
FC14-10
SR SW
DOWN
FC62-6 FC14-63
VEHICLE SPEED
56
GP
BT1BR
I O
FC14-98
GB
BTS33
B 64 LGR
FC14-89
4 5
BT76 3
NU NK
GY
BT4-7
GY
RH6-3
O
RH34-2
57
GB
BK
RFS1
BK
RF4-1 RF4-3
RH QUARTER UP RELAY
BTS35
4 5
BT77 3
FC3BR
65 58
NU NK B
GU
BT4-8
GU
RH6-1
GP
BTS34
OLG
RF4-5 RF4-4
LGW
RF1-6
LGW
FC14-36
I I
FC14-103
BT1BL
B BK
FC14-65
POWER
O I
LOGIC
FC14-77
GP
RH2-15
GP
BT4-6
GP
B NO B
4 5
BT16 3
B
BT15-2
LGO
RH29-3
S S
BT40-8
U
RH12-15
U S
RH12-16
UG
54 LGY
RH29-2
NK
BT40-6
B+
S
BT1-11
S UG
B
RH29-1
LGY
BT4-1
LGY
BT41-3
TOP UP RELAY
B
4 5 BT17 3
O
BT40-3
RH1S
BTS18
67
NO
BTS20
W
BT15-1
B B
BT2CS
UO
B
BT1AL
O
BT40-10
UO
O
BT40-4
GW
BT53-2 BT53-1
BK
BT40-13 BTS21
I I
BT40-14
BK
GR
BT54-2 BT54-1
B
BTS20
BK
BT1AR
B
BT1AL
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 16.1
RADIO ANTENNA
46 47 22
I
NP
IC10-1
B+
IC13
IC12
NP
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
60
B+
NG
BT19-3
NOT USED
NOT USED
DP19 -1 DP19 -2 RH24 -1 RH24 -2
B
O
B
BTS20 BT1AL FC38 -1 FC38 -2
LGB
IC10-5 IC2-14
LGB
RH1-7
LGB
BT1-20
LGB
BT19-4
BT19-6
CAN CAN
19.1 19.1
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47
NOT USED
ANTENNA MOTOR
OP
IC1-12
OP OG OP
FCS67 AC14-13
DP18 -1
DP18 -2
OP
DP1-17
P G
DP1-23
VEHICLE O SPEED
UW
FC26-20 IC1-11
UW
IC10-12
I
IC1-13
OG
FCS68
OG
AC14-14
OG SK
AC14-4 DP1-11
SK
SK
IC1-1
K O
DP1-12
IC10-18
SO RU
IC10-3 IC10-17 IC1-2
SO
AC14-3
SO
RU RLG PO PK PR
KG
IC1-3 RH1-1
KG BW
RH1-2
RLG
IC10-4
BW
IC1-4
PO
IC10-14
PK
IC10-15
RADIO TELEPHONE
PR
IC10-16 IC10-20
KW
IC1-16
KW
RH1-20
KW
RH26-1
BG
IC10-19 IC1-17
BG
RH1-12
BG
RH26-2
CASSETTE
PY
MODE
SW4-1 3.3 SW2-2 SW1-2
PY
SC3-2
PY
IC2-8
PY
IC10-2
KB
IC10-9 IC1-18
KB
RH1-5
KB
RH27-1
SEEK
6.8
BY
IC10-8 IC1-19
BY
RH1-6
BY
RH27-2
VOLUME +
20
VOLUME -
CASSETTE
BS BO BO
SC3-12 FCS48 IC1-8
BS
RH1-4
BO
SW4-2
BO
SW2-6 SW1-6
BK
IC1-7
SWS1
KP
RH1-3 FC3BL IC10-6
KP PO
AC14-1 DD1-12
PO
IC1-9
PO PK
IC1-10 AC14-2
O K
DD1-11
STEERING WHEEL
PK
IC10-7
PK
FCS28
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IC8 IC7
UG
IC1-14
UG
AC14-12
UG
DD1-23
G P
DD1-17
UP
IC1-15
FCS27
UP
AC14-11
UP
BRD
CD AUTO-CHANGER
UP
FC39 -1
UG
FC39 -2
DD18 -1
NOT USED
CE2
NOT USED
NOT USED
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 16.2
RADIO ANTENNA
NP
IC10-1
46 47 22
I
NP
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
60
B+
NG
BT19-3
NOT USED
B
O
B
BTS20 BT1AL FC38 -1 FC38 -2 DP19 -1 DP19 -2 RH24 -1 RH24 -2
LGB
IC10-5 IC2-14
LGB
RH1-7
LGB
BT1-20
LGB
BT19-4
BT19-6
CAN
19.1 19.1
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47
NOT USED
CAN
ANTENNA MOTOR
OP
IC1-12
OP OG OP
FCS67 AC14-13
DP18 -1
DP18 -2
OP
DP1-17
P G
DP1-23
VEHICLE O SPEED
UW
FC26-20 IC1-11
UW
IC10-12
I
IC1-13
OG
FCS68
OG
AC14-14
OG SK
AC14-4 DP1-11
SK
SK
IC1-1
K O
DP1-12
IC10-18
SO RU
IC10-3 IC10-17 IC1-2
SO
AC14-3
SO
RU RLG PO PK PR
KG
IC10-20 IC1-3
KG
RH1-1
KG BW
RH1-2
RLG
IC10-4
BW
IC10-19 IC1-4
BW
PO
IC10-14
PK
IC10-15
RADIO TELEPHONE
PR
IC10-16 IC1-16
KW
RH1-20
KW
RH26-1
BG
IC1-17 RH1-12
BG
RH26-2
NOT USED
PY
MODE
SW4-1 3.3
CASSETTE
SW2-2 SW1-2
PY
SC3-2
PY
IC2-8
PY
IC10-2
KB
IC1-18 RH1-5
KB
RH27-1
SEEK
6.8
BY
IC1-19 RH1-6
BY
RH27-2
NOT USED
VOLUME +
20
VOLUME -
CASSETTE
BS BO BO
SC3-12 FCS48 IC10-9
BS
IC1-7 RH1-4
BS KP
RH1-3
BO
SW4-2
BO
SW2-6 SW1-6
BK
IC10-8
SWS1
KP
IC1-8 FC3BL IC10-6
KP PO
IC1-9 AC14-1
PO PK
PO
DD1-12
O K
DD1-11
STEERING WHEEL CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
PK
IC1-10 AC14-2
PK
FCS28
IC10-7
UG
IC1-14
UG
AC14-12
UG
DD1-23
G P
DD1-17
UP
IC8 IC7 IC1-15
FCS27
UP
AC14-11
UP
BRD
CD AUTO-CHANGER
UP
FC39 -1
UG
FC39 -2
DD18 -1
NOT USED
CE2
NOT USED
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 16.3
RADIO ANTENNA
46 47 22
I
NP
IC10-1
B+
IC13
IC12
NP
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
60
B+
NG
BT19-3
B
O
IC10-5
B
BTS20 BT1AL FC38 -1 FC38 -2 DP19 -1 DP19 -2 RH24 -1 RH24 -2
LGB
ICS2
LGB
IC2-14
LGB
RH1-7
LGB
BT1-20
LGB
BT19-4
BT19-6
CAN
19.1 19.1
Y
FC25-24
C + C
FC25-47
ANTENNA MOTOR
OP OP
IC1-12
R
DP18 -1
B
DP18 -2
CAN
OP OG OP
FCS67 AC14-13
OP
DP1-17
P G
DP1-23
VEHICLE SPEED
O
FC26-20
UW
IC1-11
UW
IC10-12
61
I
NG
IC17-5
B+
IC18-6
OG
B+ IC18-16 IC1-13
OG
FCS68
OG
AC14-14
OG SK
AC14-4 DP1-11
62
NG
IC17-12
SK
IC18-14 IC1-1
SK SO
IC1-2 AC14-3
K O
DP1-12
LGB RU
IC10-3 IC18-1
I
IC18-13
SO KG
IC18-11 IC1-3
SO
RU RLG PO PK PR
KG
RH1-1
KG BW
RH1-2
RLG
IC10-4
B
IC14-1 IC17-2
I
IC18-3
BW
IC1-4
BW
PO
IC10-14
Y
IC14-2 IC17-7
PK
IC10-15
G
IC14-3 IC17-3
RADIO TELEPHONE
PR
IC10-16
U
IC14-4 IC17-6
I I
IC17-1 IC18-17
KW
RH1-20
KW
RH26-1 RH26-1
R
CASSETTE
IC14-5
BG
IC1-17
BG
RH1-12
BG
RH26-2 RH26-2
PY
MODE
SW4-1 3.3 SW2-2 SW1-2
PY
SC3-2
PY
IC2-8
PY
IC10-2
BRD KB
IC18-8 IC1-18
KB
RH1-5
KB
RH27-1 RH27-1
SEEK
6.8 IC18-18
BY
IC1-19
BY
RH1-6
BY
RH27-2 RH27-2
VOLUME +
20
VOLUME -
CASSETTE
BO
SW4-2
BO
SW2-6 SW1-6
BO
SC3-12
BO
FCS48
BK
IC8
IC7
SWS1
BS KP
RH1-3
IC18-2
KP
IC18-10 IC1-8
KP PO
IC1-9 AC14-1
BRD
PO
IC18-4
PO
DD1-12
O K
DD1-11
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
PK
PK
IC1-10 AC14-2
PK
FCS28
CE2
IC18-12
UG
IC18-15 IC1-14
UG UP
IC1-15 FCS27
UG
AC14-12
UG
DD1-23
G P
DD1-17
UP
IC18-5
UP
AC14-11
UP
B
IC17-4 IC4-4
B B
IC4-3
UP
FC39 -1
UG
FC39 -2
DD18 -1
DD18 -2
B
IC17-11
DD19 -1
DD19 -2
RH25 -1
RH25 -2
POWER AMPLIFIER
BT1CS
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Radio Telephone
Radio Telephone
Fig. 16.4
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
39 40 21
I
NP
RT2-10
B+
NP
RT2-3
B+
WG
RT2-2
B+
RT7
O
RT5-5
PO
RT20-3
PO
IC2-1
PO
IC10-14
I I
IC10-15
O
RT5-10
PK PR
RT5-11 RT8-2 RT8-2 RT8-1 RT9-1
PK
RT20-2
PK
IC2-2
PK PR
IC2-3 IC10-16
W
RT6-1
W
RT4-11 RT4-10
U
RT3-1
U
RT5-8
PR
RT20-1
PR
BRD
RT6-2
BRD
RT4-12 RT4-6
W
RT3-2
B
RT5-13
R
RT4-2 RT3-3
RW
RT5-7
BRD
RT5-1
Y
RT4-3 RT3-4
R
RT5-4
O
RT4-4 RT3-5
0
RT5-3
N
RT4-5 RT3-6
Y
RT2-8
G
RT4-1 RT3-7
W
RT5-12
W
RT4-9 RT3-10
K
RT5-14
P
RT4-7 RT3-8
G BRD BO BRD
RT5-6 RT2-6
W
RT4-8 RT3-9
S
RT2-1
HANDSET
G
RF9-1 RF1-17
G
RT20-5
G
RT2-11
BRD
RF9-2 RF1-18
BRD
RT20-6
BRD
RT2-12
MICROPHONE
B
FC77--5 FC77-4
U
RT20-7
U
RT2-7
B
RT2-4
B
RT20-8
B
RTS3
B
RT2-9
B
FC2CS (FC4CS)
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Airbag System
Airbag System
Fig. 17.1
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1
R
FC29-6
24
I
WK
FC29-7
B+
25
I
WK
FC30-6
NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting bar used to short terminals together when the connector is separated.
B+
13
RW
FC30-7
O
FUSE BLOW
FC30-3
KN
SW10-3 SW11-3 CASSETTE
SO
FUSE BLOW SWITCH CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value for the Airbag System 10A Battery fuse. RW
FC30-8
RP
SW10-1 CASSETTE SW11-1
14
RG
FC74-1
RG
12
RW
DEPLOYMENT POWER ENERGY RESERVE
RW
FC40-1
KP
FC74-3
KP
RS
FC40-2 FC30-11
YW
FC40-4
BK
FC40-3
I
FC29-12
ON
LF2-4
ON
LF51-1
08.1
YW
FC29-5
I D I
FC29-9 FC30-10
KU
LF2-5
KU
LF51-2
OP
LF2-6
OP
LF51-4
RH IMPACT SENSOR
BK
FC29-4
I I
FC29-11
YU
LF2-1
YU
LF50-1
FCS45
BK
FC30-12
I
FC30-9
KG
LF2-2
KG
LF50-2
OW
FC29-8 LF2-3
OW
LF50-4
LH IMPACT SENSOR
BK
FC1S
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN DE-ACTIVATED. WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Ancillaries
Ancillaries
Fig. 18.1
15
HP1
NB
FC14-80
YB B
YB
LF14
CASSETTE
B
LFS8 LF15
GU
SW2-1 SW1-1
GU
SC3-1
GU
FC14-4
4 4
YW GS
LF6-6
LF1AL
GU
HP2 HP3
CASSETTE
RH HORN
BK
SW2-5 SW1-5
BK
SCS1
BK
SC2-9
BK
FCS48
BK
HORN CONTROL
FC3BL
YW
LF16
23
I
WU
FC42-2 FC42-1
B
FCS49
O
FC14-70
GS
B
LFS9
B
LF17
CIGAR LIGHTER
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
I
FC14-103
FC4BR (FC2BR)
POWER LOGIC
BK
FC14-65
LH HORN
I
FC3AS
HORNS
CIGAR LIGHTER
27 PN
#11 10A 3 5 #13 BT12-5 BT2BR BT2BS BT12-1 BTS38
NLG
BT25-1
PN
BT25-3
B 1 1
BT25-2
17
NR
RF10-2 RF11-1
1 BT11-6
WN
14
I
BK NLG
FC51-1
BK
RFS1
RF10-1
RF11-2
PN
RH14-1
PN
FC51-3
B
FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL)
RF1-3
BK
FC3BR (FC1BR)
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
Fig. 19.1
NOT USED
LF37-11
C + C
+ C LF37-5 C LF37-15
Y
EM7-83
C + C
EM7-82
+ C EM7-86 C EM7-85
Y
EM10-26
C + C
EM10-25
+ C EM10-28 C EM10-27
Y
EM1-6
Y
FC88-4
C + C
FC88-3
+ C FC88-9 C FC88-8
Y
FC25-24
20
C +
NP
FC53-16
B+
18
C
II
WR
FC53-9
B+
NOT USED
LF37-10
G
EM1-7
G
FC25-47
19
I
WN
FC53-8
4
II
WO
FC53-1
Y G
Y
FC53-6
C + C
FC53-14
S S +
FC25-19
S
S FC14-84 + S FC14-85
U S
S S +
FC53-2
U
RH12-15
U
FCS11
U
SP1-3
U
SP5-10
S S +
SP5-9
NOTE: FCCP Flash Communication Control Port; VFP Voltage, Flash Programming
S
BT1-11
S
RH12-16
S
FCS12
S
SP1-8
P
EM1-5
P
FC53-12
D D
FC53-13
W
EM1-20
U
AC14-8 ACS6
U S
AC14-9
U
SD1-3
U
SD5-10
S S +
SD5-9
S
SD1-8
SERIAL OUTPUT
K
FC53-15
D D
FC53-7
O BK
FC53-4
D
BT69-28
K
BT1-12
K
RH12-4
K O
RH12-5
BK
FC53-5
D
BT69-10
O
BT1-13
O
FC22-6
D
FC3BL
NOTE: Serial Data Link: K wire serial input O wire serial output O wire only Bi-directional Serial Communication
D D
EM10-13
K
AC14-5
K
AC4-10
D D
AC4-21
O
AC14-6
NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 1
II
6 Fig. 01.1 5
E
7 54
53 84
6
II
40
II
Fig. 02.1
C S
41
E
58
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
COMPONENTS Component BAERY DELAYTIMER VRANSIT HARNESSi MlNl DlODE -TRANSIT iLTZi lSOLATlON
FUSE BOXDRIVER SIDE
Connector I Type / Color BT66,EYELET BT67, EYELET LT3,II-WAY RELAY, BROWN LT2,DlOOE
Rx, 10-WAY u T A FSE6OX, NATURAL FC6.i ID-WAY U.S.A. FUSEBDXIELACK FC90, EYELET FC92, EYELET LF5 i 10.WL\Y LF6,10-WAY LF7 i ?&WAY LB, 10.WAY LF70, EYELET u T.A. .T.A U.T.A. U T.A FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE
Location I Access TRUNK, RIGHT WNDSIDE TRUNK, ADJACENT BATTERY TO TRUNK, ADJACENT BAERY TO
FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,
LEFT FRON7
FUSE BOX-
ENGlNE
MANAGEMENT
EM19,IO-WAYUTA EM20, IOwiAY EM70, EYELET FC20,10-WAY FC21, IO-WAY FCW, EYELET FC93 /EYELET
U.T.A.
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX
PASSENGER
SIDE
FASCIA,
PASSENGER
SIDE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. BT,, , 10.WAY u T.A. BT12, ,O~WAY U.T.A. ETIS, IO~WAY .T A. BT64, EYELET MODULE Bml, BT61, BT62, BTS3, EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
TRNK,ELECTRICALCARRIER
TRUNKiADJACENiTO
BATTERY
TRANSIT
,SOLATlON
DEVICE
8744, P-WAY ECONOSEAL BT65, EYELET BT66, EYELET LT,, LUCAR BTZS, SWAY
TRUNKiADJACENTTO
6AERY
TRNKACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
BLACK
TRUNK,
ADJACENT
TO BATTERY
RELAYS Relay
AUXILIARY GNlTlON IGNlTlON lGNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY POSITIVE POSITIVE POSlTiVE RELAY EMS CONTROL
Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS
/ Color
Location
PASSENGER ENGINE ENGINE TRUNK
I Access
SIDE FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
CONNECTORS Location
TRANSMlSSlON ENGINE TRANSMISSION TRANSM,SSlON TRANSMlSSlON ENGINE
Type I Color
/ Access
BAnERY TUNNEL FALSE BVLKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SIDE TUNNEL TUNNEL TUNNEL BVLKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRNK,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENTiFALSE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOX - DRIVER SIDE
Connector
/ Type / Color
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, NATURAL BLACK
Location
FASClA,
/ Access
FC5, IO-WAY U.T.A. FCS, IO-WAY U.T.A. Fl-Qn / FFl___, FT _, _, FC92, EYELET SIDE FCX, IO-WAY FC21,10-WAY FC90, EYELET FC93, EYELET U.T.A. .TA
DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX-
PASSENGER
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
NATURAL BLACK
FASCIA,
PASSENGER
SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC73 AC14 AC15 AC16 BT2 BT58 DDI DP1 IC2 LF, RF1 RH14 RH2 RT20 SD1 SPI
CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE 070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW SLATE SLATE YELLOW FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA
Type / Color
ZO~WAY MULTILOCK PO-WAY MULTILOCK 14~WAY MULTILOCK 20.WAY l%WAY b-WAY 2%WAY X-WAY 14WAY IB-WAY 20-WPIY 14.WAY *-WAY B-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL AMP - FORD, AMP FORD, MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULlLOCK MULTlLOCK B-WAY MULTILOCK
I Access
MOUNTiNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT SIDE HAND SIDE SIDE SIDE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING MOVNTlNG REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL K POST TRIM GLOVE BOX MOUNTING MOUNTING BRACKET,A BRACKET,,4 POST TRlM POST TRlM BRACKET, BRACKET BRACKET, ARCH ARCH POST TRIM
070 iYELLOW 111HC, BLACK BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070: 070, cm, WHITE SLATE YELLOW WHITE SLATE YELLOW
LEFT HAND TRUNKIABOVE TRUNK/ABOVE PASSENGER BELOW RIGHT LEFT HAND HAND
A POST CONNECTOR
BRACKET,
4, POST TRIM
BRACKET,A
111HC, BLACK
070 iYELLOW
DRIVER SEAT
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
Connector
LF5,10-WAY LF6, ,&WAY LF,, ,&WAY LB, IO-WAY LF70, EYELET EP.419, ,&WAY EM20,,0-WA EM70, EYELET BTlO, IO~WAY ET,, , 10.WAY BT,2,10-WAY BTi3, IO-WAY BTS&, EYELET
/ Type / Color
U.T.A. U.T.A. .T A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE WHITE BLACK NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE
Location
ENGlNE
I Access
LEFT FRONT
COMPARTMENT,
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
MANAGEMENT
U.T.A. FUSEBOX, .T A. FUSEBOX, U.T.A. U.T.A. .T A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
TRUNK,
ELECTRICAL
CARRIER
CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE TRUNK,
Type / Color
G-WAY MULTILOCK
/ Access
ASSEMBLY
LEFT OF ANTENNA
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOXDRIVER SIDE
Connector
/ Type I Color
NATURAL BLACK
Location
FASCIA,
I Access
FC5, IO-WAY .T A. FUSEBOX, FC6,,0-WAY .T A FUSEBOX, FC90, EYELET FCSZ, EYELET LF5, LF6, LF,, LFB, LF70, FCX, RX,, FC90, FC93, IO-WAY IO-WA, 10.WAY ,&WAY EYELET 10.WAY ,O-WAY EYELET EYELET .T.A .T.A U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT FRONT
FUSE BOX-
PASSENGER
SlDE
FASCIA
i PASSENGER
SIDE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
TRUNK
i ELECTRICAL
CARRlER
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, SLATE WHITE FASClA ENGiNE BELOW ENGlNE ENGINE RlGHT 6OOM CENTER 070,YELLOW 111LC, BLACK 070 /WHITE 111LC, BLACK 070 /YELLOW 070, SLATE
Type I Color
MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTLDCK MULTILOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR CONSOLE MOUNTING BOX ENCLOSURE BRACKETIA BRACKET, POSTTRIM A POSTTRIM ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION MOVNTING MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND SIDE ENCLOSURE
LEFT HANDN
13 WAY ECONOSEAL
REAR OF CENTER
ASSEMBLY
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOXENGINE MANAGEMENT
Connector
EMIS, EM20, EM70, ,&WAY IO-WAY EYELET
I Type I Color
U.T.A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, iWHiTE BLACK
Location
ENGINE
I Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
COMPARTMENT,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
ELI LF40 PI1
CONNECTORS Location
111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK BLACK ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE
Type I Color
B-WAY ECONOSEAL IS-WAY ST-WAY ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO,
I Access
RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND BRACKET ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
lGNlT,ON INERTIA SWITCH SWITCH iKEY~,N SWITCHi
Connector
FC4 (FLYLEAD), FL%, J-WAY
/ Type / Color
B-WAY MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL 070 /WHITE 111LC, BLACK
Location
STEERING ADJACENTTO
/ Access
COLUMN LEFT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
CONNECTORS Location
070 !YELLOW 070, 070: WHITE WHITE 070 !WHITE FASCIA TRUNK/ABOVE LEFT HAND REAR OF CENTER
Type I Color
MULTILOCK ZO~WAIY MULTILOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 2%WAY MULTILOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND CONSOLE MOUNTING REAR WHEEL MOUNTlNG ASSEMBLY BRACKET, ARCH BRACKETiA POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE
BOTTOM
A POST CONNECTOR
GROUNDS Ground
FClBL
Location
/ Type
LEG, LEFT HAND fl POST
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL c7 D
D /
Pin
EM,&17 EM,&6 EM,,-6
Description
SECURlrYACKNOWLEDGE OKTO ENGINE START-ENCODEDCOMMUNICATIONS CRANK
Connector
BTBS, BT67, EYELET EYELET FC14,104-WAY EMlO,28~WAY EM,, , IB~WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY AN,, EYELET ANZ, EYELET ST? 1 , EYELET MODULE BTSO, BT61 , BT62, BT63 : FCZ, EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type I Color
AMP EEEC, SLATE
Location
TRUNK, PASSENGER ENGlNE
/ Access
SIDE BRACKET MODULE ENCLOSURE SIDE FASCIA:AIRBAG
RIGHT HAND
KEY TRANSPONDER V D
D D
MODULE
BREAKAGE,
(OPTIONAL) Active
OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION1 HlGH POWER PROTECTION
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
Pin
FC22-9 X22-16 FC22-17
Description
GLASS OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONi iENCODED COMMUNICATION1
Inactive
GENERATOR
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
/ RlGHT
FRONT
TRNK,ADJACENTTO
BATTERY
SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE
,GNiTlON NEUTRAL
SWITCH SWITCH
IKEY-IN
SWITCH)
FC4 (FLYLEAD), 20.WAY FC89 ,FLYLEADl, PI50 /SWAY ST?, EYELET ST3 i EYELET STIO, EYELET AN3 (FLYLEAD,,
WHITE SLATE
STEERING ADJACENTTO
MODULE
iGENERATOR MOTOR
BLACK
COMPARTMENT,
SUPPRESSiON
MODULE
Z-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, RED
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD
OF GENERATOR
RELAYS Relay
STARTERRELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN
Connector
EM50, BROWN
I Color
Location
RH BRAKE
I Access
BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
BT80 EM, EM2 EM3 EMS0 PI, ST1 EYELET l&WAY 19.WAY 1 I-WAY 2-WAY 57WAY EYELET
CONNECTORS Location
ENGINE MVLTILOCK MVLTILOCK MVLTILOCK 070 /WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070, SLATE 111HCI BLACK BLACK ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGiNE ENGINE ENGlNE
Type I Color
/ Access
FALSE BULKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SIDE RlGHT RGHT RIGHT LEFT INNER BULKHEAD, HAND HAND HAND FENDER ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE HEAT SHiELD SIDE
COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT,AD.V,CENTTO COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO BEHIND BRACKET FALSE
ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO,
GROUNDS Ground
BT68 FCSER FCBAS
Location
BATTERY EYELET EYELET
I Type
STUD HAND LEG, LEFT HAND N POST LEFT HAND A POST
GROUND WNGLEI,
(PAIR) - RGHT
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTO START-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS BAmERY POWER SUPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK, NEUTRAL EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTI*TE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS! ECTS I TPS : MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUluD
Component
BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH CAMSHAFT CRANKSHAFT ENGINE LHD - RHD SENSOR SENSOR FAN SENSOR POSITION
Connector
AC26 iFLYLEADi AC24 ,FLYLEADI PI15 IFLYLEADI, PI17 (FLYLEAD): EM64 j ?-WAY
I Type I Color
(4.WAY i 4-WAY $-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL 070 WHlTE E J2 i SLATE CONNECTOR/SLATE 070, 070, WHITE WHITE
Location
TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE B BANK ENGINE, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGlNE ENGINE
/ Access
PEDAL PEDAL HEAD, REAR CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE ASSEMBLY ENCLOSURE
POSlTiON
2~WAY ECONOSEAL
CYLINDER
REAR OF BED PLATE COMPARTMENT! COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT: COMPARTMEYT, I REAR OF ENGINE REAR OF THROTTLE CONTROL MODULE
ECM AND TCM COOLING GROUND (APPLIED) GROUND ~R.D.4.3.2, GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND B+ BA iP, N, BGROUND 5" GROUND GROUND EAPORATlE HEATED HEATED KNOCK KNOCK OXYGEN EMISSION EGR VALVES ENGINE CONTROL
COOLANTTEMPERATURE MODULE
P14! 2 WAY ECONOSEAL P,M!B-WAYEGRVALVE EM10!28~WAY EM,, ! l&WAY EM12 22.WAY EM13 3S-WAY
MLTILOCKOSO,SLATE MULTILOCK 040 i SLATE MULTILOCK 040 SLATE MULTILOCK MO! SLATE J2 II BLACK SUMITOMO SMlTDM0 ECONOSEAL 0902 : BLACK 090 A TYPE SLATE 090 A TYPE SLATE 090 II, SLATE 090 I/, SLATE III LC I_BLACK II/ LC, BLACK d-WAY &W*Y : *-w*Y
CONTROL
VALVE
EM%,
2~WAY ECONOSEAL
ENGlNE K BANK B BANK ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE A BANK B BANK BELOW ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE 1 ! BLUE 1 i BROWN BLACK BLACK BEHIND BEHlND BEHIND ENGINE ENGINE
BULKHEAD
EXTENSION
SENSOR-A SENSOR-B - B
PSTRE*IM UPSTREAM
EM21 (FLYLEAD)! EM23 (FLYLEAD), PII26 !FLYLEADI PI27 (FLYLEADI PI%, EM22 ,FLYLEAD), EM24 (FLYLEAD): FC19 i LUCAR
, P~WAY ECONOSEAL ?~WAY SUMITOMO P-WAY SUMITOMD 0902, CLIP! BLACK BLBCK 75090 i BL*CK
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SENSOR-A SENSOR-B DOWNSTREAM DOWNSTREAM GUARD SENSORS OXYGEN PARKING THROLE THROTTLE VACUUM VACUUM VACUUM VARIABLE ARlABLE
B-WAY YAZAKI
OF AIR CLEANER
ECM PROGRAMMlNG ENGINE CRANK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION PEDAL POSlTlON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSlT,ON i PEDAL POSITION PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK EGR STEPPER MOTORSIWINDING EGR STEPPER MOTOR S2 WINDING EGR STEPPER MOTOR S3WiNDlNG EGR STEPPER MOTOR S4WlNDlNG IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK UPSTREAM B BANK H02S UPSTREAM A BANK H02S DOWNSTREAM B BANK 02s DOWNSTREAM X BANK 025 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025 /HOE COMMON SHiELD SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY
GROUND 5
(CRANKING,
BBA 5
WlTH TEMPERATURE)
BRAKE SWITCH AND MECHANICAL SENSOR VALVE VALVE VALVE - 1 2 - 3 VALVE-A VALVE B MOTOR POSITION SWlTCHlNG SWiTCHlNG SWlTCHlNG VALVE VALVE
BRAKE
PEDAL POSITION
P142, b-WAY YAZAKI P133,2-w*Y PI6 ,CWAY EM, EL4, Z-W*Iy SUMITOMO
COMPARTMENT,THROLEASSEMBLY COMPARTMENT,THRDLEASSEMBLY COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLE RIGHT RlGHT RIGHT HAND WHEEL HANDWHEELARCH HANDWHEEL*RCH BANK BANK ASSEMBLY ARCH LINER LINER LINER CYLINDER CYLINDER HEAD, HEAD, FRONT FRONT
0.41 V 0 195F iDECREASiNG OS=IDLE:475=WOT 0.5 = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT GROUND 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT
090 ! SLATE
/ TPS SHIFLD
GROUND
0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT 0 5 = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT GROUND B+
TIMING TIMING
SOLENOID SOLENOID
COMPARTMENT!K COMPARTMENT,B
0 0
EM12-2 EM12-3
EL
B+ B+
RELAYS Relay
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN
Connector
EM16 I BROWN
/ Color
Location
CONTROL
/ Access
MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND GROUND GROUND B+
B+ B+ B+
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, YELLOW WHITE FASCIA ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE 111LC, BL*CK 070,YELLOW BLACK l/l LC, BLACK
0 SG
EM,Z-19 EM12-22
Connector AC13
ELI EM, EM2 PI, Pi2
Type I Color
Z-WAY MULTILOCK B-WAY ECONOSEAL 2O~WA.Y MtiLTlLOCK 78.WAY 57.WAY 1%WAY MVLTILOCK SUMlTOMO, ECONOSEAL
I Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT TO RIGHT HAND HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SIDE
BOTTOM
ECM PROGRAMMiNG VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACT,ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE %1 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 ACTiVATE THROLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE B BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK A BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SlGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND THROiTLE THROLE IGNITION MOTOR POWER SUPPLY MOTOR POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY MOTOR MOTOR POWER POWER SUPPLY SUPPLY
GROUNDS
GROUND
Ground
EMlAL EM,.% EMlBR EM2AL EM?AR EM?BR
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET ,P*,RI iP*lRi iPAIR
I Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE - RlGHT HAND HAND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE THROTTLE
B+ GROUND B+
ENCLOSURE
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
B+
CONTROL +
MODULE
0
0 0
EM15-22
UPSTREAM B BANK H02S HEATER UPSTREAM A BANK H02S HEATER EAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE T,M,NG SOLENOID *RlABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
ENGINE A.CCM COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL
Connector
PI36 iFLYLEADi/ *Cl i 26.WAY AC2: 16.WAY AC31 12~WAY AC4,22~WAY AC%, 4.WAY ACZ4,4-WAY FC63 1 10.WAY SW3 (FLYLEAD), EM,O,Z%WAY EM,, , 19~WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY PI,, P,,2,
/ Type I Color
&WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK SUMITOMO 47, 47: 47: 47, 070, SLATE SLATE SLATE SLATE WHlTE AND WHiTE 090 A-TYPE, BLACK
Location
ENGINE A,C NIT/RIGHT
/ Access
A,C COMPRESSOR SIDE HAND
COMPARTMENT,
BRAKE SET-/~
CANCEL
070 : WHITE
7 3 =C+), 8.8 B+ 7 3 = RESUME. GROUND GROUND RESUME H,GH PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK REL*.Y ACTIVATE
GROUND
9.9 = CANCEL B+
AMP ML KEY B , WHITE S-WAY EPC ! BLACK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 040 I SLATE 040, SLATE 040 1 SLATE 040,SLATE POWERTIMER!BLACK POWER TIMER POWER TIMER, POWER TiMER, POWER TIMER POWER TIMER, POWER TiMER, DL090, NATURAL NATVRAL BLACK BLUE I BLACK BLACK BLACK i BLACK BLACK BLACK
OF GE*.R SELECTOR
OF STEERING COMPARTMENT,
@ 20 BAR (290 PSli 0 12 BAR 1174 PSI) FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR B+ Et B+ BBi B+ FUEL INJECTOR-W FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR FUEL PUMP FUSE BOX-TRUNK 28 -3A -38 - 48 - ?A - 1B
Pi,,P-WAYAMPdUNlOR : Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR Z~WAY AMP JUNlOR AMP JUNIOR P,B I Z-WAY AMP JNlDR PI9 i *-WAY
FUEL RAlL FUEL RAIL / FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL CARRIER
CONTROL (HIGHI MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 5 Hr @ IDLE 5 HZ @ iDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hz Q IDLE 5 tir @ IDLE 5 Hi @ IDLE
SERIES (LOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE P*.RALLEL IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION lGNlTiON IGNITION lGNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR SPEED FAN ACT,ATE 1 SWITCHING 2 SWITCHING 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWlTCHlNG 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWITCHING 1 SWITCHING 1 SWITCHING COIL RELAY ACTIVATE
FUEL INJECTOR-4A
POWERTIMER,BLACK
TRNK,TOPOFFELTANK
BTIO: 10.WAY T.A FUSEBOX, BT,, , IO-WAY U T.A FVSEBOX, BT,Z,10-WAYT.A.FSEBOX,GREEN BT13,10-WAY .T A. FUSEBOX, BTSd, EYELET ,A 1B P,,B ,2-WAY P122,2-WAY P,23,2-WAY 38 4A - 1 - 2 RELAY MODULE YAL*KI YAZAKI 090X, 090X, 090X, 090x, 090X, 090x, 090X, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
,GNlTlON ,GNlTlON ,GNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION ,GNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION RADIATOR RADIATOR RADIATOR
COILCOILCOIL-h+ COIL-ZB
ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ENGiNE ENGINE BLACK BLACK ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ADJACENT ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMP*.RTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, TO LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT! COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT BULKHEAD. BULKHEAD, HORN FRONT FRONT REARWARD
COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
PI19 : ?-WAY YAZAK, P120, ?-WAY YAZAKI P124, Z-WAY YAZAKI Pi21 i %WAY YAZAKI P125, P-WAY YAZAK, EM-U, IZ-WAY EM29,12~WAY LF13, LF12, PRESSURE SWITCH Z-WAY
YAZVAKI 090x,
B+
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
Z-WAY REINSHAGEN
METRl630,
REFFUGERANT
LF57 (FLYLEAD)
, B-WAY ECONOSEAL
OF RADIATOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE i-1 Pin Description 1 AC%, COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 AC-1 AC4-7 0 I AC4-9 AC4-17 AIR CONDITIONING LOAD INHIBIT CLUTCH ON REQUEST SWTCH 4 WAY PRESSURE ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
RELAYS Active
B+ ,ONi B+ 0 B*
Inactive 0
0 s+ 0
B+ ,OT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
Relay
AIR CONDITIONING FUEL INJECTION FUEL PUMP lGNlTlON COMPRESSOR RELAY CLUTCH RELAY RELAY (#41
Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS EMS, BUS EM26, BROWN BROWN
/ Color
Location
LH BRAKE CONTROL TRUNK CONTROL
/ Access
BOOSTER MODULE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS
COIL RELAY
COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT
CONNECTORS Location
070,WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070 /YELLOW 070 /YELLOW 070, 070, WHITE SLATE 070,YELLOW 111LC, WHITE II/ LC, BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, 040, SLATE BLACK O?O,SLATE FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA ENGlNE ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE BOOM BOOM
Type I Color
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 20.WAY 20.WAY 18.WAY Z&WAY ,&WAY 11.WAY 13WAY 11.WAY 57.WAY IS-WAY PO-WA, 12.WAY 12.WAY MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK WHITE
I Access
MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT SIDE SIDE SIDE HAND CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING REAR WHEEL BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND
TOP CONNECTOR
TRNK,ABOE
COMPARTMENT,
ADJACENT
RIGHT HAND
COMPARTMENT/LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BEHIND GLOVE BOX RlGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERiNG INSIDE CENTER STEERING COLUMN OF STEERING WHEEL
COLUMN
COWL
G~WAY JST,
GROUNDS Ground
BT2AL EMlAR EM2AR FCBBL LFlAL LFlBL
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, TRUNK, ENGINE ENGINE LEFT HAND ENGINE ENGINE RIGHT REAR COMP*.RTMENT. COMPARTMENT. N POST FORWARD FORWARD OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH HOOD CATCH COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
communications
CONTROL +
MODULE
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
COMPONENTS Inactive 0 B+
B+ B+
Description
Component BRAKE SWITCHLHD BRAKE SWITCHRHD CATALYST SWlTCHlNG MODULE CATALYSSTHERMOCOUPLES CAMSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN ENGlNE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EAPORAT,E HEATED HEATED KNOCK KNOCK MASS PARKING THROrrLE THROLE VACUUM VACUUM
CONTROL -A
VALVE
BULKHEAD
EXTENSION
PSTREAM
- B UPSTREAM
AIR FLOW SENSOR BRAKE SMTCH AND MECHANICAL SENSOR VALVE VALVE VALVE - 1 - 2 - 3 VALVE VALVE -A - B GUARD SENSORS MOTOR POSITION SWITCHING SWTCHING SWITCHING VALVE VALVE
REARWARD LEVER
OF AIR CLEANER
ECM PROGRAMMlNG ENGINE CRANK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IpiTS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSTION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK 8 BANK H02S K BANK HOZS NOT USED NOT USED MAE REFERENCE GROVND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND H02S COMMON SHIELD ECM PROGRAMMlNG CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE $0 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACT,ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,ATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE B BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK K BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS / CKPS / KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD CKPS SlGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION MODULE 1 SWliCHlNG lGNlTlON MODULE 7 SWITCHING THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND THROLE THROLE MOTOR MOTOR POWER SVPPL, POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND B BANK PI BANK
iCRANKiNG,
PEDAL POSTION
COMPARTMENT,THRO~LE*ssEMsLY COMPARTMENT,THROLE RlGHT RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND HAND WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL ASSEMBLY ARCH LINER ARCH LINER ARCH LINER CYLlNDER CYLINDER HEAD. HEAD, FRONT FRONT BANK
0.41 @ 195F (DECREASING 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT GROUND 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT GROUND 0 5 = IDLE; 4.75 = WOT 0.5 v = IDLE. 4 75 = WOT
GROUND
TlMlNG TlMlNG
SOLENOID SOLENOID
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENTIS
N BANK
SHIELD
GROUND
RELAYS Relay
THROTTLE 0.98 0 ,o=c. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATRE 1.2 @IDLE. ,NCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0.9 @ IDLE ISWING) 0.1 -0 9 @IDLE WMNGi MOTOR POWER RELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN
Connector
EM,G,BROWN
/ Color
Location
CONTROL
/ Access
MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
GROUND GROUND GROUND AC13 EL1 EM1 EM2 PI, PI2 20.WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, YELLOW WHITE YELLOW FASClA ENGlNE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGlNE ENGlNE 111LC, BLACK
Type / Color
MULTILOCK B-WAY ECONOSEAL 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 1%WAY 57.WAY ,B~WAY MULTILOCK SMiTOM0, ECONOSEAL
I Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTING HAND BRACKET, ENCLOSURE RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND SIDE RIGHT
BOTTOM
COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTO
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz 5 @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 v @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 GROUND 5 HZ @ !DLE 5 Hz @ lDLE
GROUNDS Ground
EMlAL EMIAR EMlBR EM2AL EM&w EMZBR
Location
EYELET (PAIR) EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGiNE ENGiNE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT. RIGHT RIGHT RiGHT HAND HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
B+ B+ B+ GROVND B+ B+ GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND St B+ St GROUND GROUND GROUND
CONTROL
MODULE
UPSTREAM B BANK H02S HEATER UPSTREAM A BANK H02S HEATER EAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ARIAWE VALVE TIMING SOLENOiD GROUND GROUND GROUND
(VALVE
OPEN,
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
MESSAGES.
communications
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Inactive
St
GROUND B-
Component
AIR CONDlTlDNlNG AlR CONDlTlDNlNG COMPRESSOR CONTROL CLUTCH MODULE
Connector
PI36 (FLYLEAD) AC,, AC2! AC3i AC4 : ACZSi P&24,4 WHEEL) 26.WAY 16.WAY 1%WAY 22.WAY 4-WAY
/ Type / Color
1 I-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK SUMITOMO 47, SLATE 47, SLATE 47 iSLATE 47! SLATE 070 /WHITE OX! WHITE 090 &TYPE, BLACK
Location
ENGINE A/C NIT,
/ Access
COMPRESSOR SIDE RIGHT HAND
COMPARTMENT/A/C
BRAKE SWITCH EM,,-, I I EM11~4 EM,,-5 EM12-5 1 I / 0 EM1ZS EM,*-8 EM12-9 EM12~10 CRUISE CRUISE CRUISE 4WAY IGNITIOK lGNlTlON COUTROL CONTROL CONTROL REFRIGERANT MODULE MODULE SET isON REOUEST CANCEL RESUME HIGH PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK RELAY AcTIVATE 7 3 = RESUME. 8 8 = CANCEL B-
SWITCH SWITCH
WAY MULTILOCK
GROUND
FC63 i 10~WAY AMP ML KEY B I WHITE SW3 (KYLEAD), EM?0 / Z-WAY EMll : 16.WAY EM12 22~WAY EM13 i34-WAY PI,, Pill Z-WAY EPC i BLACK AND WHITE MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 040 i SLATE 040, SLATE 040 SLATE 040 SLATE POWER TIMER / BLACK POWERTiMER,BLACK POWERTlMERiBLAcK POWER TIMER/BLACK POWERTIMER, BLACK POWERTIMER,BLACK POWERTIMER,BLAcK POWERTIMER,BLACK DL090, NATURAL FSEBOX,NATURAL FUSEBOX, BLACK FUSEBOX, GREEN FUSEBOWBLUE
OF GEAR SELECTOR
OF STEERING COMPARTMENT/
4 WAY REFRIGERANT
FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTORFUEL INJECTOR-W FVEL INJECTORFUEL INJECTOR-3A FUEL INJECTOR-% FUEL INJECTOR-W FUEL INJECTOR FUEL PUMP FUSE BOX-TRUNK
- ,A 1B 28
AIR CONDITIONING FUEL PUMP CRUISE SERIES IGNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR iNJECTOR PARALLEL
COMPRESSOR
BGROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND 5 Hi @ IDLE 5 HI Q IDLE 5 HZ Q IDLE 5 HZ @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hi @ IDLE 5 Hi @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
P18,Z~WAYAMPJNlOR PI12 P-WAYAMPJUNIOR P19i2-WAYAMP2NlOR PI13iZ-WAAMPJNIOR PItO, - 48 ST%, P-WAYAMPJUNIOR b-WAY SUMiTOMO .TA U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR BTi0,10-WAY BTll ,10-WAY BTi2, IO-WAY BTIS, IO-WAY BT64, EYELET 1A 1B
RELAY ACTIVATE ON STATUS SPEED LED SPEED FAN ACT,ATE FAN ACTlVPiTE
CONTROL ,LOW, (HIGH) MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE
COIL RELAY ACTIVATE 1 SWITCHING 2 SWlTCHlNG 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWITCHlNG 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWiTCHlNG
B+ B+ *+ B+ B+
TRUNK/TOP
OF FUELTANK
,GNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION ,GNiTiON lGNlT,ON lGNlT,ON IGNlTlON IGNITION lGNlT,ON IGNlTlON RADIATOR RADIATOR RADIATOR
Pll8, Z-WAYYAZAKI
P122, P-WAY YAZAKI PI19 i 2~WAY YAZAKI P123, Z-WAY YALAKI P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI P124,P~WAY YAZAK,
090x, BLACK
090x, 090x, 090x, 090x 090x, 090x, 090x, BLACK BLACK BLACK I BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK POWER MODULE, POWER METRI METRI MODULE, 630, 630, BLACK BLACK
ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT BULKHEAD, BULKHEAD. HORN FRONT FRONT REARWARD
COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND SIDE SIDE LEFT HAND
ENGINECOMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOER
PI21 , P-WAY YAZAK, P125, P-WAY YAZAK, EM-J,, EM29,12 LF13, LF12,
REFRIGERANT
LF57 IFLYLEAD),
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
OF RADlATOR
MODULE
STATUS LOAD SIGNAL
Inactive 0
0 B+ 0
BA (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE,
Relay
AIR CONDlTlONlNG FUEL ,NJECTlON FUEL PUMP IGNITION COMPRESSOR RELAY CLUTCH RELAY RELAY WI
Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS EMS, BUS EM%, BROWN BROWN
I Color
Location
LH BRAKE CONTROL TRUNK CONTROL
I Access
BOOSTER MODULE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS
ELECTRICAL
COIL RELAY
COMPRESSOR REFRiGERANT
CLUTCH
ON REQUEST SWITCH
4 WAY PRESSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC13 ST2 EM1 EM2 EM3 LF3 LF40 PI, Pi2 RHI SC3 SW, SW2
CONNECTORS Location
&W/WHITE 070 /YELLOW O?O,YELLOW 070, 070, 070, WHITE YELLOW SLATE FASCIA FASCIA ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE BEHIND RIGHT INSIDE CENTER SOmOM
Type / Color
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 18.WAY 1%WAY 1CWAY 13WAY 11.WAY SWAY IWVAY 20.WAY 12.WAY 11.WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMlTOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK WHITE 20~WAY MULTILOCK
/ Access
MOUNTING HAND BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE SIDE CONNECTOR RIGHT MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
TOP CONNECTOR
TRUNK/ABOVE
REARWHEELARCH RIGHTHAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, GLOVE HAND STEERING BOX COLUMN COLUMN COWL LEFT HAND LEFT HAND BRACKET BRACKET
111X/WHITE 111LC, BLACK BLACK II/ LC, BLACK 070, 070, 040, SLATE SLATE BLACK
G~WAY JST,
OF STEERING
/ Type
HAND HAND HAND LEG /TRUNK, IEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE RIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ~00~ CATCH LEFT HAND FORWARD FORWARD
LEG, LEFT HAND A POST LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
HOOD CATCH
The following
vnbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
CONTROL +I
MODULE
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
TRANSMISSION Lj
0
0 0 0 / I I I / SG SG I SG I 1 I 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I 0 0 0 I I C C C c
CONTROL Description
PRESSURE SPORT PRESSURE PRESSURE GROUND ROTARY ROTAW SPORT TURBINE OUTPUT KICKDOWN
COMPONENTS Inactive
B+ (NO PRESSURE) B+ B+ iNO PRESSURE) B- ,NO PRESSURE, GROUND GROUND GROUND 9 37 = NORMAL
Pin
EM,-, EM,-2 EMT-4 EMX EM,-6 EM7~8 EMX EM,-12 EMT-13 EM714 EM,-15 EM,-16 EM,-18 EM,-21 EM,-22 EM,-23 EM7~26 EM,-28 EM,-29 EM7-30 EM7~32 EM,-33 EM7~34 EM%36 EM,-37 EM,-42 EM7~44 EM,-45 EM,-51 EM,-52 EM,-53 EM,-54 EM7~55 EM,-82 EM,-83 EM,-85 EM,-86
Component
D - 4 SWTCH GEAR SELECTOR KlCKDOWN KlCKDOWN MODULE - LHD - RHD MODULE CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH SWlTCH
Connector
FC84 (FLYLEAD) FC88, AC25, EM,, HYBRlD,
/ Type / Color
NELLOW BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK
Location
FRONT
I Access
ASSEMBLY, PEDAL PEDAL CONTROL SIDE SIDE MODULE ENCLOSURE REAR ASSEMBLY
GEAR SELECTOR
MODE
OF GEAR SELECTOR
AC27 / Z-WAY ECONOSEAL Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 88.WAY BOSCH FC35,10-WAY EM46 116.WAY EM47 (FLYLEAD,,
BELOW ACCELERATOR BELOW ACCELERATOR REARWARD ENGlNE TRANSMISSION, MPLK, BLACK TRANSMlSSlON COMPARTMENT,
MODE SWITCH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 EM1 EM3 20.WAY X-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, WHITE SLATE FASCIATOP ENGINE ENGlNE 070,WHITE
Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG ADJACENT BRACKET, TO RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
FLUlO TEMPERATURE FLUID TEMPERATURE TURBINE BATTERY PRESSURE SOLENOID SOLENOiD SOLENOID GROUND ROTARY ROTARY TURBINE OUTPUT SPORT PRESSURE SOLENOID PRESSURE IGNITION IGNITION
COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT COMPARTMENTi
SPEED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY KICK DOWN REGULATOR VALVE VALVE VALVE #1 #3 #2
14~WA.Y MULTlLOCK
ROTARY/D-b,
GROUNDS Ground
EMlAL EMZAL FC3BR
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT. A POST RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND
SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR MODE SWITCH STRATEGY REGULATOR VALVES SWITCHED SWlTCHED REGULATORS
CONTROL MODULE
COMMON POWER
POWER SUPPLY
15 - 1500 Hz
GEAR SELECTOR V I
c C I C C
MODULE Active
POWER SUPPLY B+ 1551500Hz@2.5 lb-1500HZ@2.5 GROUND 15-1500Hz@2.5 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 GROUND
Pin FC88-1
FC88-3 FC88-4 FC88-6 FOX8 FC88-9
Description
IGNITION SWTCHED CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK
Inactive
GROUND
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately comPonents connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
Description
IGNITION IGNITION GEARSHIFT NOT-IN-PARK LOGIC GROUND BATTERY SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND LIGHTING, MOTORS POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED SWITCHED INTERLOCK
Connector
FC14,104-WAY AC26 (FLYLEAD), AC24 (FLYLEAD,, EM10,28~WAY EM,, , ,$-WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY FC88, FC86, HYBRID,
I Type I Color
AMP EEEC, d-WAY I-WAY SLATE 070, 070, WHITE WHITE MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
Location
PASSENGER TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE ENGINE
I Access
SIDE FASCIA, PEDAL PEDAL CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE AIRBAG BRACKET
MULTlLOCK040,SLATE MULTILOCK 040, SLATE MULTILOCK OlOiSLATE MULTiLOCK OlOiSLATE BLACK 070 ! WHITE MULTILOCK 070, BLACK BLACK 070, WHITE WHITE ,*-WAY
COMPARTMENT,
FRONT
ASSEMBLY
INTERLOCK SOLENOID
Z-WAY MULTILOCK
INSTRUMENT
ASSEMBLY
Inactive B+
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC13 EM1 *[I-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070 /YELLOW 070, WHITE FASClA ENGlNE BOOM
Type / Color
MULTlLOCK PO-WAY MULTILOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND RIGHT HAND SIDE ENCLOSURE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
Pin
RX*-4 FC88-3 FC88-8 FCBB-9
Description
CAN NETWORK CAIN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK
Inactive
GROUNDS Ground
FC2BR FC3AS FC3BR FClBR
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type
HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT HAND I PO51 LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND K POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND N POST A POST
Active
2-1600Hz 2-1600Hr 15 - 1500 HZ 15 - 1500 Hz
Inactive
CONTROL +
MODULE
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
CONTROL Description
BRAKE FLUID BRAKE SWITCH RH FRONT WHEEL RH FRONT WHEEL CAN NETWORK RH REAR WHEEL RH REAR WHEEL GROUND BATTERY NOT USED NOT USED BRAKE FLUID STABILITY, STABILITY, LH FRONT LH FRONT ADAPTIVE IGNITION CAN NETWORK
COMPONENTS Active Bc
GROUND 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 BA @ 10 MPH 11.5 KM,Hl @ REST Hz = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM,Hi = 200 Hz GROUND B, @ REST @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/H, = 200 Hz
RESERVOlR
LEVEL SWITCH
Inactive B+ B+
Component
ABS,TRACTION BRAKE FLUID BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH CONTROLCONTROLMODULE RESERVOIR LHD - RHO SWITCH PACK)
Connector
LF37,25-WAY EM37, AC26 (FLYLEAD,, AC24 (FLYLEAD), FC55 (FLYLEAD),
/ Type I Color
AMP HYBRID, BLACK POWER TlMER MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 070, 070, , BLACK WHITE WHITE
Location
ENGINE ENGINE
I Access
FRONT BRAKE LEFT BOOSTER ENCLOSURE
15 - ,500
STABlLlTY iTRACTION CONTROL iCENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL SPEED SENSDR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSORSPEED SENSOR-
FORD IDC, BLACK METRl630, METRI METRI 630, 630, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
PACK
FL1 , Z~WAY REINSHAGEN RL, , Z-WAY FR, , Z-WAY RR,, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN REINSHAGEN RElNSHAGEN
METRl630,
GROUND GROUND GROUND 2.5 2.5 B+ XV@ GROUND 10 MPH 116 KM/HI = 100 Hi; 20 MPH (32 KM,H, = 200 Hz 2.5 @ REST @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hi @ REST = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hl = 200 Hz (MOMENTARY) 15 - 1500 HZ
Bt B+ B+
CONTROL CONTROL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC13 BTZ BT72 BT73 LF40 LF41 LF.42 LF60 RH1 Z-WAY 38.WAY d-WAY I-WAY 13.WAY *-WAY Z-WAY X-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, YELLOW YELLOW FASClA BOOM TRUNK,ABOE
Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND BRACKET, ARCH SIDE SIDE COMPARTMENT ,A FUSE BOX RIGHT HAND SIDE
DAMPENING
II/ LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, 070, WHITE SLATE
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE BEHIND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, GLOVE BOX COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO
GROUND
GROUND B+
POWER SUPPLY
B-
LEFT HAND
X POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET IPAIR)
I Type
HAND LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND N POST A POST OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH RIGHT HAND ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING v 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pin ACVE AC,-7 ACM K-9 K-12 K-13 K-19 AC1-20 AC1~21 K-22 K-25 K-26
Description DEFROST SERVO VENT MOTOR CENTER SERVO VENT MOTOR LHFRESH, REClRCULATlON MOTOR VENT RHFRESH, RECIRCULATION MOTOR VENT FOOTWELL SERVO VENT MOTOR COOL BY-PASS SERVO AIR VENT MOTOR DEFROST SERVO VENT MOTOR CENTER SERVO VENT MOTOR LHFRESH, RECIRCULATION SERVO VENT MOTOR RHFRESH, REClRCULATlON SERVO VENT MOTOR FOOlwELL SERVO MOTOR COOL BYPASS AIR SERVO MOTOR
Connector
AC,, Z-WAY ACZ, 16.WAY Ac3,,2-WAY AC&, 22.WAY RX3 KS FLYLEAD), (FLYLEAD),
/ Type I Color
MULTiLOcK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK I?-WAY 11.WAY 15.WAY &WAY 3.WAY 12.WAY Z-WAY ,*-WAY 47, 47, 47, 47, SLATE SLATE SLATE SLATE 040, BLUE NATURAL NATURAL 090 HYBRID, 090 HYBRID, BLACK 070 /WHITE HW090, 070, 040, 040, BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK
Location
NC UNlT,
/ Access
RIGHT HAND SIDE
AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR ,NTAKE AIR INTAKE ASPiRATOR COMPRESSOR DFFERENTIAL EVAPORATOR, SOLAR SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY
CONTROL
PANEL
CENTER ADJACENT
- LH BLOWER - RH BLOWER SENSOR ASSEMBLY LOCK SENSOR CONTROL HEATER POTENTIOMETER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
AC6 (FLYLEAD), LF29 ,FLYLEAD) FC12 (FLYLEAD), PI37 FLYLEAD), Fc48 (FLYLEAD), AC, (FLYLEAD), Fc52 (FLY LEAD,, FC44 (FLYLEAD),
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
, Z-WAY YAZAKI
HAND
HORN COMPRESSOR
KNEE BOLSTER cOMPARTMENT,A,c LEFT HAND LEFT HAND SIDE SIDE , ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT
Z~WAY SUMITOMO
0.40, BLACK
SIDE FASUA
NC UNIT/TOP
RELAYS Relay
AIR CONDlTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY
Color / Stripe
VIOLET
Connector
FC24, VIOLET
I Color
Location
RH FASCIA
/ Access
RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC13 AC15 AC15 EM1 ?&WAY 20.WAY *o-WAY 20.WAY 20.WA 57.WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, 070, WHITE SLATE SLATE WHITE FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA FASClA ENGlNE ENGiNE 070 iYELLOW
Type / Color
MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK SUMITOMO
/ Access
MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT SIDE SIDE SIDE SIDE HAND CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR MOUNTING MOUNTING MOVNTlNG MOUNTING BRACKET BRACKET, BRACKET, RIGHTHAND BRACKET i RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE iR POSTTRIM
.43
2.18 2.25 @ 20~ c, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
ADJACENTTO BRACKET
Bt iMOMENTARY BA 3.25 3.25 B+ Br 0 B+ B+ 5 v @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = so HZ @ oc: @ oc; DECREASING DEcREASlNG WlTH TEMPERATURE WITH TEMPERATURE
0 0
L&O PI1
LEFT HAND
POST CONNECTOR
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
0 0 B+ 0 Bt 5 B+ 0 0 0
44 Hz @ 20 MPH I32 KM/H) @ B+
Ground
FC?BR FCBCS FC4BR
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type
HAND HAND LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND R POST R POST LEFT HAND A POST LEFT HAND
0 D 0 0 0
CONTROL t-
MODULE
0 0 0
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description 0 Eb.410.2 A/Cm4 ENGINE SPEED I EM10~3 AiCCM COMPRESSOR BATTERY CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY I EM10-4 NCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RE0EST
I I 0 0 0 EM12-5 EM,*-6 EM??-10 EM13-15 EM1316 4 WAY REFRIGERANT 4 WAY REFRIGERANT AIR CONDITIONING SERIES SWITCH SWITCH HIGH PRESSVRE HIGH PRESSURE RELAY ACTIVATE
Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CONTROL CLUTCH MODULE
Connector
PI36 (FLYLEAD), AC,, AU, X3! AC&, *G-WAY 16.WAY ,*-WAY 22.WAY
/ Type / Color
?-WAY SUMITOMO MVLTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 15.WAY ! IS-WAY 47, 47, 47, 47, SLATE SLATE SLATE SLATE 090 HYBRID, 090 HYBRID, NATURAL NATURAL 090 A-TYPE, BLACK
Location
ENGINE NC UNIT,
/ Access
COMPRESSOR SiDE RIGHT HAND
COMPARTMENT/A/C
SUMITOMO SUMITOMO
COMPRESSOR
COMPARTMENT,
PARALLEL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:
LEFT FRONT
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE 7i Pin Description I AC,-, COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 I 0 0 I 0 I K-2 AC,-3 AC,-4 ACM AC,-16 AC1~17 AC?-78 ACZ-7 AC2~8 AC2-15 AC?-,6 AC-1 .x4-7 AC4-9 AC4-I, HEATER VALVE ACT,E RELAY ACTiVE HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE RELAYACTlVATE RH BLOWER MOTOR
Active
B- iONi B+ 0 0 0 BA 0 0 ,.BV=LOWSPEED
Inactive 0 0
BB+ BL 0 B+ B+ 0.83 0 0 83 = HIGH SPEED = HIGH SPEED
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
BTIO, ,&WAY BT11,1C-WAY BT12, ,&WAY BT13,lO~WAY BTSd, EYELET RH17, LUCAR EM41 (FLYLEAD,, EM42 (FLYLEAD,, DDB, RELAY MODULE 12.WAY DPB, ,*-WAY LF13,2-WAY LF12, PRESSURE - LH RH SWITCH Z-WAY
TRUNK,
ELECTRlCAL
CARRIER
BACKLIGHT PUMP VALVE - DRlER PASSENGER FAN CONTROL FAN - LH FAN - RH I-WAY HEATER HEATER
RIGHT ANGLE Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 2-WAb ECONOSEAL 040, 040, BLUE BLUE 630,BLACK 630, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, WHITE
RIGHT HAND
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, DOOR TO LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
HEATER
DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER ADJACENT ENGINE ENGINE ENGiNE ENGINE ENGINE HORN FRONT FRONT REARWARD OF RADIATOR
RELAY ACTIVATE
BACKLIGHT
METR, METR,
SPEED FEEDBACK SPEED CONTROL SPEED FEEDBACK SPEED CONTROL ELECTRICAL DRIVE SIGNAL LOAD SIGNAL DRIVE SIGNAL
= HIGH SPEED
LF57 (FLYLEAD), B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK EM49, *-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, SLATE EM48, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, SLATE
0 V = HIGH SPEED 0 Bt
RELAYS Relay
AIR CONDITIONING RANGE1 BLOWER BLOWER HEATED HEATER MOTOR MOTOR COMPRESSOR RELAY - LH RELAY - RH RELAY RELAY 1#2) RELAYRELAYLH RH CLUTCH RELAY
Color / Stripe
BROWN BLVE BLUE BLUE BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS AC20, AC20, FC28, BUS BUS EM44, EM&, BROWN BROWN BLUE BLVE BLUE
/ Color
Location
LH BRAKE
/ Access
BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS
CLUTCH
ON REOVEST SWITCH
B+ O(2-30BAR,
0 B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE
4 WAY PRESSURE
DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL LH FASClA TRUNK ENGINE RELAYS RELAYS COMPARTMENT BOOSTER BOOSTER
HEATER
RELAY (Bli
WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD
RH BRAKE RH BRAKE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC13 AC15 BT2 BT58 DD, DP1 EM, EM2 LF3 LF40 LF60 Pi, RH2 Z&WAY Z-WAY *o-WAY 18.WAY I-WAY Z-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, WHITE YELLOW SLATE FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA TRUNK DRIVER ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE BOnOM /ABOVE
Type / Color
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL AMP - FORD,
I Access
MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT RlGHT SlDE HAND HAND SIDE SlDE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL BRACKET, POSTTRlM RIGHT RIGHT ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BRACKET, A POSTTRlM ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH ARCH R POST TRlM
TRUNK/ABOVE
SIDE A POST MOUNTING SIDE R POSTIA COMpARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, CONSOLE
*BWAYAMP-FORD/BLACK X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, IB~WAY 13WAY 13WAY 20.WAY ST-WAY *O-WAY MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK SUMITOMO, MULTILOCK 070,
PASSENGER
111LC /WHITE II/ LC, BLACK 070, 070, WHITE WHITE BLACK
LEFT HAND
R POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
REAR OF CENTER
ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS Ground
EMlAR EMlBL EMlBS EMU& EM2BL EM2BS FC2AL FC4AL LF2AL LF?AR LF2BL RH2S
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND HAND K POST A POST FORWARD Pow,mD FORWARD OF LEFT HAND 0F LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND HOOD ~00~ HOOD CATCH CATCH CATCH COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, RIGHT RIGHT ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT ENGlNE ENGlNE LEFT HAND
(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND (SINGLE,, (PAIR) - RlGHT ISINGLE), HAND
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND ENGINE (PAIR, - LEFT HAND (PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PAIRI - LEFT HAND iPAIR (PAIR) (SINGLEI, - RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
COMPARTMENT,
LEGIENG~NE
LEFT HAND
REAR OUARTER
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
CONTROL +
MODULE
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL MAJOR v I I 0 I I I /
S
MODULE
INSTRUMENT
GROUND IGNITION MINOR ADAPTIVE TRIP CYCLE NBTRIP ML/KM
COMPONENTS Inactive
GROUND GROUND B+ Bt IMOMENTARY) ,MOMENTARY, (MOMENTARY MAJOR MlNOR INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT SWITCH SWITCH PACK SWITCHGEAR) iCOLUMN PACK PACK
Description
Component
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Connector
EM55 I ZWAY BT7, BT8, LUCAR LUCAR
/ Type / Color
AMP JUNIOR RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL, MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ,&WAY 040, ECJS, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK 070, YELLOW POWER TIMER, BROWN
Location
ENGlNE TRUNKIFUELTANK FASCIA FASCiA ENGINE FASCIA, STEERING
/ Access
COOLANT RESERVOIR
COMPARTMENT,
FC25,48-WAY FCZB, Z&-WAY FC79, p&WAY P140! I-WAY FC27,10-WAY SC2 (FLYLEAD),
BLOCK,
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK BATTERY GROUND lLLMlNATlON MINOR GROUND CLEAR SUPPLY PACK ILLUMlNATlON SVPPLY POWER SUPPLY
s
C C
I 1 I
0 0 I I C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 I 0 0 I 0 I / I I
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
BT2 EM1 EM2 PI, RH1 18.WAY 20.WAY 18.WAY 57.WAY ZWVAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW WHITE YELLOW SLATE TRUNK, ENGlNE ENGlNE ENGINE BEHIND
Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTiLOCK SUMITOMO, MULTlLOCK
/ Access
RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ADJACENT BRACKETON TO RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND
ABOVE
COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO
000 SELECT CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK BATTERY ENGINE ENGINE VEHICLE VEHICLE VEHICLE BATTERY BATTERY CHARGE SPEED COOLANTTEMPERATURE SPEED - A/CCM SPEED-PAS SPEED-ADAPTIVE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE DAMPING POSITION POSITION MOVEMENT MOVEMENT GROUND FEEDBACK CONTROL FEEDBACK FEEDBACK MODULE WARNING
BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
1500 Hz 1500 Hz Bt B+ RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz 44 Hz 0 20 MPH (32 KM,,,) 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM,Hl 44 HZ Q 20 MPH (32 KMIH, Q Bc @ B+ 0 B+
<3 <3=<3PsI 6 @ ,000 6 = 90 c 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H), 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI, 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (15 KM/HI; SJ (MIDPOINT, 5 V ,MIDPOINTI 5 V = 0 PSI; 3 3 V = NORMAL 3.7 - 5 IPULSE) 3 7 - 5 (PULSE) B+ = EMPTY GROUND 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL GROUND (ONi 3.7 5 V (PULSE) iMiDPOINT, (MIDPOINT)
GROUNDS Ground
EMlBR EMlBR FCZBR FCSBL FC4BR
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE RIGHT LEFT HAND LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, HAND I POST A POST K POST RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND
GAUGE
POSITION
FEEDBACK
CONTROL
0 V = FULL GROUND B+
MODULE
VOLTAGE
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FUEL LEVEL GAUGE OIL PRESSURE AIR BAG MIL OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE VEHICLE DIMMER CHARGE EXHAUST SPEED OVERRIDE WARNING
3.7 - 5 (PULSE) >3=>3PsI 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI; GROUND Bc GROUND 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM,, @ B+ Bt GROUND B+ B+ Bt
WARNING
LOW COOLANT
WARNING WARNING
OVER TEMPERATURE
GROUND
PACK Active
PACK ILLUMlNATlON MOVEMENT MOVEMENT POSITION POSiTlON MOVEMENT MOVEMENT FEEDBACK FEEDBACK SVPPLY B+ 37-5iPLSEi 37-5cPLSEi c3 GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE 5 V (MIDPOINTI 5 V (MIDPOINTI 3.7 - 5 V (PULSE) 3.7 - 5 V IPULSE, GROUND POWER SUPPLY WARNING POSITION POSITION FEEDBACK FEEDBACK GAUGE GAUGE B+ GROUND 5 Cc 3 PSI) IMIDPOINT) IMIDPOINT) = NORMAL = 0 PSI; 3 3 V = NORMAL GROUND B+ Bt B+ GAUGE GAUGE
Description
INSTRUMENT OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE CHARGE BAmERY BAERY BATTERY GROUND BAmERY LOW OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE
Inactive
Bt
BAERYVOLTAGE
5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR v
I I I I I I 0 0 S S I
COMPONENTS Inactive
B+
Pin
FC14-4 FC14-15 FC14~32 FCi4-41 FCl4-65 FCi4-80 FC14-82 FC14-83 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14~103
Description
BATTERY IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION LOGlC AUDIBLE AUDIBLE BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED SWiTCHED GROUND
Component
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER MODULE (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR, BODY PROCESSOR
Connector
SC1 (FLYLEAD), FC14,104~WAYAMP
/ Type / Color
ll~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE EEEC,SLATE
Location
STEERING PASSENGER
/ Access
COLUMN, RIGHT HAND SIDE BRACKET SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG
GROUND
CONNECTORS Location
RIGHT HAND
Type / Color
MLTlLOCK070,WHlTE
/ Access
SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
MESSAGES.
Location
EYELET
/ Type
LEFT HAND R POST
ISINGLE,,
CONTROL +I
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR v
0 0 0 I I I 0 0 0 I I I I 0 0 0 I I I 0 / I 0 S S I 0 I
COMPONENTS Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND B+
Pin
FC14-1 FC14-2 FC14-3 FC14~14 FC14-15 FC14~1.5 FC14-20 FC14-27 FC14-28 FC14-30 FC14-38 FC14-41 FC14-42 FC, 4-45 FC14~53 FC14-54 FC14-59 FC14-6, FC14-65 FC14~68 FC14-79 FC14-80 FC14-81 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-88 FC14-96 FC14103
Description
RH FRONT LH FRONT RH FRONT HEADLAMP IGNITION SIDE LAMP FRONT SIDE LA\MP BLB D, BULB SUPPLY D, BULB SVPPLY MAiN BEAM REQUEST SWITCHED REOUEST RELAY ACTIVATE, FOG LAMP GROUND
Component
BODY PROCESSOR CENTER CONSOLE MODULE SWITCH RH LH RH COMPARTMENT PACK
Connector
FCil, FC55, LF32, LF31, 104.WAY Z-WAY
/ Type / Color
AMP EEEC, REINSHAGEN REINSHAGEN SLATE METRI METRI 630, 630, BLACK BLACK
Location
PASSENGER CENTER FRONT FRONT LEFl
/ Access
SIDE FASCIA, WHEEL AIRBAG BRACKET
CONSOLE BUMPER, ARCH LINER PANEL ARCH LINER PANEL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY LEFT FRONT BMPER,WHEEL HEADLAMP HEADLAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP - LH FRONT FOG LAMP FRONT FRONT LAMP LAMP NITNITENGINE
LF22 ,l~WAY
S-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE 070 /YELLOW BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
HAND
LFZI , B-WAY ECONOSEAL LF5, IO-WAY UT A. LF6,10-WAY T.A. LF7, IO-WAY T.A. LFB, 10.WAY .T.A LF70, EYELET SC2 (FLYLEAD,, FCZS, &WAY FC26,2&WAY LF4,2-WAY EL5,
FUSE BOX
LH SIDE DI REPEATER RH SIDE DI REPEATER HEADLAMP FRONT IGNITION DIPPED MAIN FLASH GROUND BEAM BEAM FOG LAMP
COMPARTMENT,
10.WAY
MULTILOCK
COLUMN
INSTRUMENT
LH FRONT HAZARD
LFll,l~WAYAMPJNlOR LF10,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTIMER,BLACK POWERTlMERiBLACK
RELAYS Relay
DIP BEAM FRONT MAIN RELAY tlt5) RELAY 1#3, FOG RELAY 1#2) BEAM
Color I Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS BVS BUS
I Color
Location
ENGlNE ENGINE ENGiNE
/ Access
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
RH SIDE DI REPEATER SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK LH Di REQUEST HAZARD STATUS POWER GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
ELI
CONNECTORS Location
111LC, BLACK 070, SLATE /II LC, BLACK ENGINE ENGINE LEFT HAND
Type / Color
B-WAY ECONOSEAL Z&WAY 13.WAY MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL
/ Access
RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE BRACKET,A POST TRIM ENCLOSURE A POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG
MAJOR v
S S
INSTRUMENT
PACK Active
2 ,600 Hz 2 - 1600 HZ
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
Pin
FC2519 FC25-20
Description
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK
Inactive
LF, LF40
LEFT HAND
MESSAGES.
GROUNDS Ground
EMlAR EM2AR FCZBR FC3AS FCBBL FC3BR FClBR LFlAL LF2BR
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, IEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, K POST RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGINE
K POST A POST A POST K POST HEADLAMP FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LEFT HAND
IPAIR, - RIGHT
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
REAR FOG LAMP IGNITION SlDE LAMP IGNITION DlPPED SWITCHED REQUEST GROUND BEAM REQUEST
Connector
AC26 ,FLYLEADi, AC24 IFLYLEAD,, FC55, *O-WAY BT,O,,O-WAY BT, 1, IO-WAY BT,P,10-WAY BT13,10-WAY BTSil, EYELET IC0NV.I iCOUPE SWITCHGEAR, BLB i *-WAY RH8, Z-WAY BT18,26-WAY SC2 IFLYLEADI, FC25, h&WAY FC26 II 24.WAY BL4, BL5,
I Type I Color
4~WAY MULTILOCK 4.WAY FORD IDC, U.T.A. T.A. .TA .T A. MULTILOCK BLACK 070 /WHITE 070, WHITE
Location
PASSENGER TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE CENTER TRUNK,
/ Access
SIDE FASCIA, PEDAL PEDAL CARRIER AIRBAG BRACKET
FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECISLATE
CONSOLE
CONSOLE ELECTRICAL
Bt
Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+
REAR FOG LAMP LH REAR DI LAMP LOGIC GROUND RH REAR DI LAMP BATTERY BATERY
FUSEBOX, NATURAL FUSEBOX, BLACK FSEBOX,GREEN FUSEBOX i BLUE 070 i WHITE 070, WHlTE 070 i YELLOW BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
AMP MOS /YELLOW MULTILOCK AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL,
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK TAIL LAMP LIGHTING RELAY ACTlVATE i MOTORS POWER GROUND
STALK
lNSTRMENT
PACK
LAMP CONTROL
MODULE Description
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY LAMP LAMP SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY LH TAIL & SlDE MARKER RH TAIL &SIDE NUMBER PLATE LH STOP LAMP RH STOP LAMP LH TAIL LAMP RH TAIL LAMP SIDE MARKER IGNITION SECURiT GROUND MARKER LAMP SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY LAMP SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY ON FEEDBACK
BT40, ,S-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT41 i 26.WAY FORD IDC, BLACK RH20, COAXlAL CONNECTOR BTU,*-WAYAMPJNlORPOWERTIMER/BLACK BT26, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK BT31 i7-WAYAMPJUNIORTIMER/BLACK BT30,7-WAYAMPJNIORTlMER,BLACK
ELECTRICAL
Pin
BT18-14 BTIB-15 BT,B-16 BT18-17 BT18~18 BT18-19 BTIB-20 BTIB-21 BTlB-22 BTIB-23 BT18-24 BT18-25 BT18~26
Active B+ B+
BC B+ Bt Bt BC BA BB+ B+ B+ GROUND
Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
REAR SIDE MARKER REAR SIDE MARKER TAIL LAMP TAlL LAMP NITNIT
- LH iNAS - RH (NAS LH RH
ONLY) ONLY)
RELAYS Relay
REAR FOG RELAY i#1) STOP LAMP TAlL LAMP RELAY i#5, RELAY 1#31
Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS BUS BUS
/ Color
Location
TRUNK TRVNK TRUNK
I Access
SWITCHED LIGHTING
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
*c13
CONNECTORS Location
070 /YELLOW 070 /YELLOW 070, 070, 070, WHlTE WHITE WHITE FASCIA TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK, BOOM ABOVE ABOVE ABOVE ABOVE
Type / Color
PO-WAY MULTILOCK S-WAY MULTILOCK I-WAY Z-WAY ,&WAY 11.WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
I Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND CONSOLE CONSOLE MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY BRACKET, ARCH ARCH ARCH ARCH RIGHT HAND SIDE
Inactive
2O~WAY MULTlLOCK
SECURITY v
0 I 0 S I I S I
MODULE Active
B+ B+ B+ 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND 2-1500Hz Hz GROUND GROUND
Pin
BT40-5 BT40-6 BTU-7 BTU-8 BT40-73 BT40-14 BTU-16 BTdl-,
Inactive
GROUND Br GROUND
GROUNDS Ground
BTIAR BTZAR BTBS FCtBL FCtBR FCBAS FCSBL
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (PAIRI
I Type
RIGHT HAND /TRUNK, LEG, ADJACENT TO BATERY RIGHT REAR HAND A POST N POST LEG ITRUNK, IEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT
REAR FOG LAMP SCP NETWORK GROUND GROUND SCP NETWORK SECURITY
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND (SINGLEI (PAIR) - LEFT HAND (PAIRI - RIGHT (SINGLEI, (PAIR, iSlNGLEi, HAND
LEFT REAR RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER
LIGHTING
ON FEEDBACK
B+
GROUND
FCBBR RHIS
(PAIR) - RIGHT
HAND
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
Connector I Type / Color LF34, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK LF24, X-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK
FC55 FLYLEADI ,mWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE LEFT HAND
Type I Color
MULTILOCK
/ Access
A POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING *RACKET, N POST TRIM
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET IPAIR, ,PAlRi
I Type
RIGHT -LEFT HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGlNE K POST HEADLAMP FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
IPAIR) - RIGHT
COMPARTMENT,
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
COMPONENTS Inactive B+
GROUND
Pin DDIO-1
DDIOG DD,O-9 DDIO-14 DD,O-16 DD10-17 DD11~4 DDll-12 DD11~20
Description
BAERY POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK DRIVERS DOOR PUDDLE SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DOOR LOCK BARREL DOOR LOCK BARREL DOOR SWITCH
Component
BODY PROCESSOR DlODE DDDR CONTROL MODULE SWITCH DRIVER MODULE ,BT29) - TRUNK
Connector
FC14,104-WAY BTZS, DIODE DDlO ,22-WAY
/ Type I Color
AMP EEEC, SLATE i BLUE
Location
PASSENGER TRUNK,, DRIVER
/ Access
SIDE FASCiA,*lRBAG TO BEITTERY DOOR CASING BRACKET
*DJ*CENT DOOR,
111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK I,, LC, BLACK POWER TIMER, BL*CK POWERTlMERiBLACK
DRIVER DOOR, DRIVER DOOR, PASSENGER LEFT HAND RIGHT GLOVE HAND BOX
LOCK REwEST
DOOR, FOOTWELL
LAMP - RH
FC32,2-WAYAMPJUNIDR
FOOTWELL
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description I LPI&l BAl-rERY POWER SUPPLY I DP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND S DPIO-9 SCP NETWORK 0 DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
S I I DP10-16 DP,O-17 DPll-20 SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH
Active B+
GROUND
Inactive is+
GROUND GROUND GROUND Br ON, HZ
PC4 (FLYLEAD),
STEERING PASSENGER
COLUMN DOOR OF HEAD LINING SIDE SIDE ROOF LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND
DD14,2~WAY*MPJUNIOR
DP14,2-W*Y*MPJUNIORPOWERTlMERisLACK RH3,2~WAYAMPJUNlORPOWERTlMER,WHlTE RFlO,B-WAYMULTlLOCK BT5612~WAYAMPJUNIOR BT46, P-WAY FORD, Z-WAY BLACK 070, 070, YELLOW YELLOW 070,SLATE POWERTlMER,WHITE
REAR INTERlOR ROOF CONSOLE TRUNK TRUNK TRUNK ANlTY ANlPl LAMP SWITCH L*MP LAMP-
2-1600Hz
Es+ iLIGHT 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
LAMP - RH - LH RH
MODULE Active
GROUND LAMP GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND FADE 2 OVTPUT (LOGICI B+ (FADES B+ 2-1500HZ 2-1600Hz B+ GROUND POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND GROUND St SUPPLY BATTERY (KEY IN, TO 0 I GROUND Bt GROUND GROUND
Description
IGNITION FOOTWELL, IGNITION IGNlTiON SWlTCHED INTERIOR SWITCHED GROUND
CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE BL*CK BLACK 070,YELLOW 070 /WHITE TRUNK,
Type I Color
MULTlLOCK - FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTiLOCK 23~WAY *MP
I Access
RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL POSTTRIM MOUNTING BR*CKET,N POSTTRIM ASSEMBLY ARCH POST TRIM BRACKETIA
ABOVE
DRIVER SIDE N POST MOUNTING PASSENGER RIGHT SlDE A POSTIA CONSOLE HANDA POST CONNECTOR
SUPPLY
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
REAR OF CENTER
POWER SUPPLY
Bt
GROUNDS Ground
BTlPiR FC2AL FC2AR FC2BL FC2BR FCSAS FC3BL FCBBR FC4AL FClAR FC4BL FC4BR RHlS
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET IPAR) ,PAlRi
/ Type
- RIGHT - RIGHT HAND HAND HAND LEG /ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT RIGHT RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND HAND HAND TO B*ERY X POST A POST K POST & POST
MESSAGES.
A POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER 7~ POST K POST 4 POST A POST X POST t POST
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND (PAIR) - RIGHT (PAIR (PAIR, tP*IR, (SINGLE), -LEFT (PAIR, - RlGHT - RIGHT
HAND
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
MODULE MODULE
Description
MAJOR MAJOR IGNITION DIMMER DIMMER GENERAL GENERAL GROUND BAERY BAERY DIMMER INSTRUMENT SWiTCHED INSTRUMENTPACK ON RE0UEST
Inactive
GROUND GROUND
Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CENTER ClGAR CONSOLE LIGHTER CONTROL SWITCH P*NEL PACK
Connector
FC43 FLYLEAD), FC55, FCC!, FC59,
/ Type / Color
I?-WAY MULTILOCK BLACK 040, BLUE
Location
CENTER CENTER FORWARD FORWARD REARWARD 070,WHITE STEERlNG ADJACENT FRONT 070 /YELLOW STEERING FASCIA FASClA REARWARD CENTER
/ Access
CONSOLE CONSOLE OF GEAR SELECTOR OF GEAR SELECTOR OF GEAR SELECTOR COLUMN COWL FASCIA FUSE BOX ASSEMBLY TO RIGHT HAND COLUMN
SIDE LAMPS
CIGAR LIGHTER, BLACK LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE AMP ML KEY A i BLACK AMP ML KEY B, WHITE MULTILOCK 040, MULTlLOCK BLACK IO~WAY MULTILOCK AMP PCS SIGN*L, AMP PCS SIGN*L, 040, 070, 040, 040, BL*CK BLACK BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK BLACK
POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER ILLUMlNATlON ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY POTENTIOMETER
PC62 j IO-WAY FC63,lO~WAY SC,, FC88, FC23,12-WAY HYBRID! SC2 (FLYLEAD), FCZS, 4%WAY FCZG, 24.WAY FC35, IClO, IO-WAY
,FLYLEAD,,B-WAY
GEAR SELECTOR
OF GEAR SELECTOR
INSTRUMENT
OF GEAR SELECTOR
CONSOLE
DD17 IIO-WAY DD5,10-WAY DPI7,8~WAY FC27,10-WAY PC.+,, PC,, 10.WAY , IO-WAY FC67,lO~WAY
DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER FASClA, FASCIA, CENTER DOOR DRIVER SIDE DRIVER SIDE CONSOLE
AMP ML KEY A, BLACK AMP ML KEY A, BLACK AMP ML KEY B ,WHlTE AMP ML KEY A, BLACK AMP ML KEY 8 ,WHlTE
CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASClA BLACK BLACK 070 iYELLOW 070, SLATE
Type / Color
MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE BRACKET,R BOX COLUMN POSTTRIM
BOTTOM
DRIVER SIDE K POST MOUNTING P*SSENGER BELOW RIGHT HAND CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE
/ Type
ABOVE HAND HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT RIGHT A POST LEFT H*ND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND K POST N POST N POST R POST K POST SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON HAND HAND K POST 4 POST A POST TUNNEL -LEFT
(SINGLE),
(PAIR) - RIGHT
RIGHT HAND
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND (PAIR, -LEFT (PAIRI -LEFT (PAIR) - RlGHT (SINGLE),
LEFT HAND
R POST
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
POWER ASSISTED 77
0 I 0 I I
CONTROL
MODULE Active
2 @ IDLE DECREASING Bt @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H, 9 @ IDLE INCREASING B+ 0 WITH VEHICLE WITH VEHICLE SPEED = 40 Hz 0 0 SPEED = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM,Hi
Pin FC16-2
FC16-4 FCl6~5 FC16-6 FC16-8
Description
TRANSDUCER VEHICLE lGNlTiON GROUND SPEED SWITCHED TRANSDUCER
Connector
FCIS, EM18, 8-WAY LL2,ZAYAMPJUNIOR
/ Type / Color
RlSTS RELAY, BLACK AND RED BLACK POWERTIMERIBLACK POWER TIMER,
Location
FASCIA, STEERING STEERING
/ Access
PASSENGER CONTROL CONTROL SIDE FUSE BOX AND GLOVE BOX RACK, RACK, VALVE VALVE
BETWEEN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
EM2 LL1 l&WAY Z-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070 {YELLOW 111LC i BLACK ENGINE ENGINE
Type / Color
MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL
/ Access
RIGHT HAND STARTER ENCLOSURE MOTOR
COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO CDMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
/ Type
LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND K POST A POST HAND
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Inactive SC
Component
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN MODULE SWlTCHGEARi MODULE - DRIVER SWlTCHGEARi BODY PROCESSOR COLUMN DOOR CONTROL
Connector
SC9,8~WAY SC9, FC14,,04-WAY AMP DD,D,Z~WAY DDlt ,22~WAY DD3,13WAY FC4 (FLYLEAD), FC25 i 48-WAY FC26,24~WAY FC87 (FLYLEAD), FC60 (FLYLEAD,, FC6, ,FLYLEAD, DD5, lo-WAY
I Type I Color
GROTE AND HARTMAN EEEC,SLATE HARTMAN MDK, BLACK FORD 2,8TlMER,BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK 070, BLACK BLACK 070, WHITE 070 /WHITE 070 /YELLOW WHITE 8-W.4.y MULTILOCK AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL, BYWAY MULTILOCK 6.WAY MULTILOCK 1 B-WAY MULTlLOCK AMP ML KEY A, BLACK MM, BLACK
Location
STEERING PASSENGER STEERING
/ Access
COLUMN, COLUMN, LEFT H*ND i AIRSAG LEFT HAND SiDE BRACKET SIDE SIDE FASCIA
POTENTIOMETER
STEERING
COLUMN
NOT-IN~PARK LOGIC GROUND COLUMN COLUMN BAERY REACH REACH KEY IN IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY
COLVMN
PACK-DRIVER
DRIVER DOOR
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN MOVEMENT TILT MOTOR REACH TILT MOTOR TILT MOTOR TILT MOTOR MOVEMENT
CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA BOOM BLACK 070,YELLOW 070,SLATE
Type I Color
MULTILOCK FORD, MULTiLOCK 23~WAY AMP
/ Access
CONNECTOR STEERING MOUNTING MOTOR COLUMN BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE BRACKET,~ POST TRIM
MOTOR
DRIVER SIDE X POST MOUNTING ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND COLUMN SIDE OF STEERING
12 WAY MULTILOCK
POWER GROUND
SUPPLY
Active
B+ GROUND 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND iDOOR OPEN, ,LED ON, HZ 2 - 1600 HZ
Inactive St
GROUND
Ground FCZAR
FCZBR FCJAS FCBBL FCSBR FC4AR FC48R
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type
IEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT HAND A POST K POST RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND ,PA,RI - RIGHT HAND ISINGLE), (PAIR, (P*IRI IPAIR LEFT HAND LEFT HAND - RlGHT RlGHT HAND HAND HAND
GROUND
(PAIR) - RlGHT
B+ GROUND GROUND
CONTROL
MODULE
B+ iMOMENTARY, St iMOMENTARY,
MAJOR v
S S
INSTRUMENT
PACK Active
2-1600 HZ 2 - 1600 HZ
Pin FC2519
FC25-20
Description
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK
Inactive
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is aoolied or a switch is ON: Inactive means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION SWITCHED SWTCHED GROUND
Connector
DDlO, *Z-WAY DD11,22-WAY DPlO,22-WAY DPII , *Z-WAY DD8 FLYLEAD,, DP8 FLYLEAD), DD3,lB-WAY FC25,48-WAY FC26,24-WAY DD17 (FLYLEAD,, FC87 (FLYLEAD), DD5,10-WAY
I Type I Color
FORD 2 8 TIMER, FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE BLACK
Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR, PASSENGER BLUE BLUE DRIVER DOOR
/ Access
SlDE FASClA,AlRBAG DOOR CASING DOOR CASING BRACKET
FC14,1WWAYAMPEEEC,SLATE
NOT-IN~PARK LOGIC GROUND BAERY SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER SUPPLY
FORD 2,8TlMER,BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK 12.WAY 72.WAY ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK 040, 040, BLACK BLACK 040, 070, BLACK WHITE
DOOR,
PASSENGER FASCIA
111LC, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR,
MODULE Active ST
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOVEMENT MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY B+ = LEFT/DOWN: B+ = RIGHT B+=UP GROUND 2 - ,600 GROUND POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER COMMON HORIZONTAL ERTlCAL REFERENCE POSlTlON PDSlTlON VOLTAGE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK B+ I=LEFT;B=R,GHT I=DOWN;8=P B+ = UP, STATUS MOVEMENT MOVEMENT MOVEMENT MOVEMENT LED REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REOUEST GROUND BB+ = LEFT B+ = LEFT SC = DOWN GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt GROUND GROUND = RIGHT = RIGHT = UP RIGHT (LED ONi GROUND St GROUND = UP = DOWN, LEFT Hz GROUND Bt 2 - 1600 Hz GROUND= RIGHT, UP GROUND GROUND GROUND = LEFT = DOWN
MULTlLOCK
PACK
Inactive St
NOT-IN-PARK SNTCH
ASSEMBLY
CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA BOOM BLACK BLACK
LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER DRIVERS DRlVERS DRIVERS MIRROR GROUND DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR SELECT
Type I Color
MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD,
/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, POSTTRIM BRACKET, RiGHT HAND SIDE A POST TRIM
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND IEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND X POST A POST A POST A POST X POST
SEAT MEMORY RH VERTICAL MEMORY RH HORIZONTAL LH HORIZONTAL LH VERTICAL DRIVERS MEMORY MEMORY
EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT (PAIR) - RiGHT (SINGLE), IPAIR, - RIGHT (PAIRI -RIGHT (PAIR, - RlGHT
B+ = DOWN
SET REQUEST
LEFT HAND
A POST
CONTROL +I
MODULE
Active
Inactive
PASSENGER v
I 0 0 0 / S S I 0 I I
MODULE Active SC
B+ = LEFT, MOTORS MOVEMENT COMMON MOTOR MOTOR BA= RlGHT B+=UP GROUND *1600 Hz HZ GROVND Bi 2 - ,600 GROUND B+ 1=LEFT;8=R,GHT 1=DOWN,8=UP GROUND GROUND GROUND MOVEMENT DOWN HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
Pin
DPIO-1 DP10-2 DP10-3 DP10-4 DPl&8 DP10-9 DP10-16 DP10-17 DPIO-20 DP10-21 DP10~22
POWER SUPPLY
Inactive Bs
GROUND = RlGHT, UP
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR ERTlCALiHORlZONTAL MOVEMENT P*ssENGm PASSENGER SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND DooR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR
LOGIC GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE PASSENGER HORlZONTAL DOOR MIRROR POTENTiOMETER POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
communications
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DbTF l-s IISIIF. ncTnn=~ *PPc OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
CONTROL
MODULE
CONTROL
Description BArrERY POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NErwORK SCP NETWORK
DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK RECNEST
Connector
RHZS IFLYLEADI,
/ Type / Color
S-WAY MULTILOCK BLUE 040, 040, 070, BLACK BLACK 040 i BLACK BLUE BLVE YELLOW 070, WHITE
Location
RlGHT HAND DRIVER DOOR, DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER WlNDSHlELD, STEERlNG FASCIA
I Access
OPERATING CYLINDER DOOR CASING
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, DDll,22-WAYFORD2.8TlMER,BLACK DD8 ,FLYLEADi DP8 (FLYLEAD), RE, SC2 (FLYLEAD), FC25,48-WAY FC25,24-WAY DD17 IFLYLEADI, , ,Z-WAY I?-WAY IO-WAY AMP AMP
GROUND
iELECTROCHROMlC,
B-WAY MLTlLOCK
SWlTCHGEARi
MODULE Active
FOLD BACK ACTIVATE GROUND
Pin SK-4
SD5~2 SD55 SD5-9 SDS-10
Description
DOOR MIRROR POWER GROUND BAERY POWER SUPPLY SW NETWORK SCP NETWORK
Inactive *+
GROUND
M,RROR
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
PACK
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
-DRIVER
SD3,16-WAY FORD 2 *TIMER: BLACK SD4,26-WAY FORD IDC! BLACK SDS, 1O~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK SP3, Is-WAY SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
MODULE
BELOW
B+
AND LOCKING
ST40 I ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK BT41, *s-WAY FORD DC, BLACK RHX, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRUNK/ELECTRICAL
MAJOR v s s c c
INSTRUMENT
PACK Inactive
Pin FCZ5i9
FC25-20
FC25-24 FC25-47
Description SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK CANNETWORK CANNETWORK SEAT CONTROL MODULE Active GROUND GROUND BA 2 - 1600 Hz 2- 1600 HZ MODULE Active B+ B2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC13 AC14 AC16
CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW FASClA FASClA TRUNK, DRIVER RlGHT SOnOb ABOVE
Type I Color
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK l&WAY G-WAY MULTlLDCK PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 23-WAY 23WAY 11.WAY IB~WAY B-WAY S-WAY AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD, MLT,LOCK MLT,LOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MLTlLOCK070,SLATE 070 /YELLOW 070, WHITE BLACK BLKK 070, 010: 070, YELLOW YELLOW WHiTE
/ Access
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR R,GHT HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING BRACKET,A POSTTRIM MOUNTiNG BRACKET,K POST TRIM ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY REAR WHEEL BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH POST TRIM RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE SIDE
BO1TOM
LEFT HAND
A POST CONNECTOR
BRACKET,A
POST TRIM
PASSENGER v
0
Description DOOR MIRROR OUT FOLD ACTIVATE POWER GROUND BATrERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NElwORK SCP NETWORK AND LOCKING CONTROL
Inactive BGROVND B+
I I s s
ST1 DD, DP, RF1 RH12 RH2 SD1 SP1 GROUNDS Ground
SIDE R POST MOUNTING SIDEAPOSTIA CONSOLE CONSOLE SEAT HAND K POST CONNECTOR
PASSENGER
PO-WAY MULTLOCK
DRIVER SEAT
SECURITY D 0 I s I I s
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ADJACENT RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND SEAT LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER SEAT SEAT TO BATTERY 4 POST R POST A POST SEAT A POST
Inactive GROUND B+
GROUND GROUND
(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND ,PA,R) - LEFT HAND (PAIR, - RIGHT lPA,R) - RIGHT iPAIR (SINGLE), (SINGLE), (SINGLE,, HAND HAND
- LEFT HAND
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hz AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
RHIS
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
MODULE DAMPING
MAJOR
MODULE Active
DAMPENING ABS,VJASC) SUPPLY MIL GROUND GROUND GROUND (DURING EVENT, GROUND GROUND BBL SC GROUND 23-Z.,=HARD 2.?-27=HARD 23-27=HARD 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+ 5v Br St
Description
PACK ADAPTIVE OVERRIDE COMMON GROUND ADAPTIVE SERlAL lGNlTlON RH FRONT GROUND FRONT FRONT EHiCLE BRAKE SERIAL LATERAL VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER ACCELEROMETER ACCELEROMETER COMMON FEEDBACK FEEDBACK FEEDBACK SUPPLY FROM
Connector
BT52, 8T69! SWAY 35.WAY
/ Type / Color
AMP AMP, ML, BLACK BLACK BLACK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 070, 070, , SLATE /SLATE /SLATE /SLATE WHITE WHITE
Location
ENGINE TRUNK, CENTER TRUNK,
I Access
ECM FUEL TANK BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT CARRlER TO ELECTRICAL
COMMUNICATIONS POWER SUPPLY BATTERY BATTERY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
B+ BBB+
GROUND < 0.2 v OR > 4.8 v i 0.2 OR > 4.8 c 0.2 OR, 5 GROUND 81 4.8 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI;
b-WAY II 4-WAY
PEDAL PEDAL FRONT FRONT DAMPER DAMPER REAR DAMPER REAR DAMPER
TOP OF LEFT HAND TOP OF LEFT HAND TOP OF RIGHT TOP OF RIGHT HAND HAND
CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW FASCIA TRUNK, 070 /WHITE 070,SLATE 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, SLATE SLATE WHITE SLATE WHITE YELLOW
Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK
I Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND BRACKET, ARCH ARCH SIDE SIDE ENCLOSURE A POST TRIM POST TRIM BRACKET, BRACKETIA RIGHT HAND SIDE
BOTTOM ABOVE
B+ GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK
TRUNK/ABOVE
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, ENGlNE CDMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO X POST CONNECTOR A POST CONNECTOR BOX CONSOLE CONSOLE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND BEHIND
ZO-WAY MULTlLOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK PO-WAY MULTiLOCK 18~WAY MULTILOCK
GLOVE
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS Ground
BTZBL
Location
EYELET iPA,Ri
I Type
-LEFT HAND LEG, TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
CONTROL +I
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Inactive
B+ GROUND B+
Component
BODY PROCESSOR DOOR CONTROL MAJOR MODULE MODULE - DRIVER
Connector
X14, ,,,a-WAY DDIO, 22.WAY DDI, ,ZWAY FCX, &-WAY FC26,24-WAY SD20, -DRIVER SO3, SD4, SDS, P-WAY
I Type I Color
AMP EEEC, SLATE BLUE BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, AMP AMP PCS SIGNAL, PCB SlGNAL, 040,
Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR, FASCIA BELOW BELOW
I Access
SIDE FASCIA/AIRBAG DOOR CASING BRACKET
INSTRUMENT
PACK
MULTiLOCK
POWER SUPPLY
,B-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK ZG-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK S-WA ?O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW FORD IDC , BLACK
SEAT CUSHION CENTER SEAT BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK BACK SEAT CUSHlON
B+ GROUND
SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP-DRIVER
SD,4,3-WAYMULTlLOCK070,YELLOW SD, , G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE SD*,&WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE SD9, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SD17 (FLYLEAD) DD5, SD,, q&WAY i ,&WAY /Z-WAY AMP MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 040, 070 /SLATE ML KEY A, BLACK BLACK
SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER
MODULE Active B,
GROUND
SOUAB
(HEATER)
POWER SUPPLY
Inactive !3+
GROUND
SWlTCH SWITCH
LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER 0 I I 1 DDll-2 DDll-6 DD11-2, DDll-22 GROUND STATUS LED
2 - 1600 HZ 2 - 1500 HZ
GROUND GROUND BL B+ IMOMENTARY, B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND GROUND ,LED ON) GROUND Bi
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC?4 DD, SD1 ,&WAY 23.WAY B-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA DR,ER BELOW BOnOM BLACK
Type I Color
MULTlLOCK AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK
I Access
CONNECTOR MONTlNG BRACKET, BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE K POST TRIM
OIOIYELLOW
MODULE
MOTOR MOTOR PUMP PUMP SUPPLY FORWARD
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND X POSl V. POST X POST SEAT SEAT SEAT SEAT LEFT HAND K POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
Pin
SDB-1 SD%2 SD%3 SD35 SIX-6 SK-7 SD3-8 SE-9 SLY-10 SD311 SD312 SD%13 SK-14 SD316 SD4~1 SD4-2 SD4~5 SEW6 SD4~10 Sod-ll SD4-12 SD4-14 SD4-18
Description
DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVER DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRlERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRiERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVER POWER DRIVERS DRIVERS BATTERY DRIVERS SW SEAT SXVX! SEAT SQUAB SEAT HEATER SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT FORE /AFT SEAT FORE, SEATAFT SUPPLY-REAR SUPPLY MOTOR SOLENOID INFLATE DEFLATE
Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+
,PA,R) - RlGHT ISINGLE), ,PA,R, - RlGHT ,PA,Ri - RlGHT (PAIR, - RlGHT (PAIR) - RIGHT
ELEMENTS
MOTOR
AFT MOTOR
SEAT FORE MOVEMENT MOVEMENT SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEATSOUAB SEAT SQUAB SEAT SOUAB SEAT RAISE, SEAT RAISE, SEAT soUAB
REQUEST
REAR EDGE LOWER REAR EDGE RAlSE !NFLATE DEFLATE REQUEST REQUEST
CONTROL +
MODULE
LOWER LOWER
POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER
SEAT FORE /AFT SEAT RAISE/LOWER SEAT FORE /AFT OR PASSENGER GROUND SEAT RAISE,
POTENTIOMETER
GROUND Bt
SUPPLY
Active 2 - ,600HZ 2 - ,600Hz AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV MESSAGES.
Inactive
communications
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
COMPONENTS Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE - DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT CONTROL MODULE
Description IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY LHD ,RHD SEAT RH LHI HEATER STATE LED
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY REWEST LHD RH ,RHD LHI SEAT HEATER LOGIC GROUND BATTERY SUPPLY LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAISLED~RHD=RH~ POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER POWER GROUND
Connector
FC14,1WWAY SD20, I-WAY SD3, IB-WAY SD4,26-WAY SDS, 10.WAY FC55 IFLYLEADI, SD14,3~WAY
/ Type I Color
AMP EEEC, MLTlLOCK SLATE 040, BLACK
Location
PASSENGER BELOW BELOW
I Access
SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET
B+ GROUND St GROUND B+ B+
FORD 2.8 TlMER , BLACK FORD IDC, BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK 3-WAY *O-WAY MULTILOCK MULTiiOCK 070! 070 /YELLOW FORD IDC, BLACK YELLOW 070, WHITE 070 /WHITE 070, YELLOW MULTILOCK 040, 070, SLATE BLACK
SD19 (FLYLEAD,,
SEAT CUSHION CENTER BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT BACK SEAT CUSHION
BGROUND
SD,, B-WAY MULTILOCK SD8,6-WAY MULTiLOCK SD9, S-WAY MULTILOCK SD,, SD,, (FLYLEAD,, 3.WAY , IG~WAY MULTILOCK
SOUAB SWTCH
,HEATERI
- DRIVER
MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD
MOTOR PUMP PUMP SUPPLY-REAR SUPPLY MOTOR SOLENOID INFLATE DEFLATE ELEMENTS
Active !3+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
B- IMOMENTARY) BA (MOMENTARY, B+ (MOMENTARY, & (MOMENTARYI B+ (MOMENTARYI B+ (MOMENTARY, B+ ~MOMENTARY, B+ (MOMENTARY)
Inactive GROVND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
CONNECTORS Location
070 iYELLOW BELOW DRlER
Type / Color
S-WAY MULTlLOCK
/ Access
SEAT
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND K POST LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND A POST SEAT SEAT SEAT SEAT
SEAT FORE MOVEMENT SEAT AFT MOVEMENT SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT SQUAB SEAT SQUAB
REQUEST REOUEST
WNGLE,,
DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND DRIVERS DRIVERS BATTERY DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, SEAT RAISE,
lDENTlF,CAT,ON
CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND GROUND BA GROUND
MODULE
MOTOR MOTOR
SUPPLY SUPPLY
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
communications
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
to aid the
user
in
understanding
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
Connector
FC14,104-WAY AMP SPX, SP3,16-WAY SP5,10-WAY 919 SP14, FLYLEAD,, SWAY
/ Type I Color
EEEC, SLATE 040, BLACK BLACK BLACK 070, YELLOW
Location
PASSENGER BELOW BELOW
/ Access
SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET
2~WAY MULTILOCK
MODULE
MVLTILOCK 070,
SEAT CUSHION CENTER BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT BACK SEAT CUSHlON
FC55 (FLYLEAD),
FORD IDC, BLACK YELLOW 070, WHITE 070 WHITE 070 .YELLDW MULTILOCK 040, 070, SLATE BLACK
- PASSENGER
SP7 : B-WAY MVLTILOCK SP8, B-WAY MULTILOCK SE, B-WAY MULTILOCK SP17 ,FLYLEADi, SP, 1 I IW,VAY Z-WAY MULTlLOCK
PASSENGER 7 D D 0
0 0 0 0 I / I I I I I 1
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE Active Bs-i BBBBBB- V4OMENTARYl ST WIOMENTAW REQUEST REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY) S- WOMENTAW St IMOMENTARY) Bt IMOMENTARY) St IMOMENTARY B+ IMOMENTARY, GROUND GROUND LOWER LOWER MOTOR MOTOR SUPPLY SUPPLY NOT USED NOT USED B+ St FASTENEDI 2-1600 2-1600 HZ Hz ST GROUND IDRIVERS)
SP3-5
SK-6
Description PASSENGER SQUAB SEAT MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD PASSENGER SQUAB MOTOR SVPPLY - REAR SEAT PASSENGER HEATER SEAT ELEMENTS SUPPLY PASSENGER LUMBAR SEAT PUMP INFLATE MOTOR PASSENGER LUMBAR SEAT PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOlD
PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT SEAT FORE /AFT SEATAFT MOTOR MOTOR SUPPLYSUPPLYREQUEST REQVEST FORWARD REAR SEAT FORE MOVEMENT MOVEMENT SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEATSQUAB SEAT SQUAB
Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
SP1 S-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW BELOW
Type / Color
MULTILOCK
/ Access
SEAT
PASSENGER
SP3~7
SE-8 SK-9 SK-10 SF?-,, SK-12 SK-13 SK-14 SP3-15 SPS-16
GROUNDS Ground
FCSAS FCBBR FCBS FCGS
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEFT HAND RlGHT HAND N POST LEG, SEAT LEFT HAND N PO!3 SEAT
REAR EDGE LOWER REAR EDGE RAlSE INFLATE DEFLATE REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST
CONTROL +I
MODULE
REQUEST
DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND PASSENGER PASSENGER BAERY PASSENGER SCP NEWORK SW NETWORK SEAT RAISE, SEAT RAISE, POWER SUPPLY
SEAT lDENT,F,CAT,ON
GROUND GROUND
iPASSENGERS
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
IGNlTlON
Description
LHD RH IRHD LH, SEAT HEATER IGNITION LHD RH ,RHD LHI SEAT HEATER LOGIC GROUND BAERY SUPPLY STATVS LHD LH SEAT HEATER SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK LHD LH ,RHD RH, SEAT HEATER POWER GROUND SUPPLY
Inactive
B+ GROUND BGROUND B+ Bt
Component
BODY PROCESSOR SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT CONTROL SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SEAT MOTORSMODULE WIRING (NOT USED1
Connector
SPX,
/ Type / Color
040 I BLACK BLACK BLACK OWYELLOW
Location
PASSENGER BELOW BELOW
/ Access
SIDE FASCIA AIRBAG BRACKET
FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECISLAiE 2~WAY MULTlLOCK SW, 76.WAY SP5 I 10.WAY SP19 iFLYLEADi SWITCH PACK1 FC55 (FLYLEADI! FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, I3-WAY 20.WAY
MULTILOCK
(CENTER
POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
I 1G~WAY MULTlLOCK
BLACK
PASSENGER J
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I S S
MODULE
MOTOR MOTOR PUMP PUMP SUPPLYSUPPLY INFLATE DEFLATE FORWARD - REAR MOTOR SOLENOID -REAR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Active B+ Bi s+ B+ B* BBBi iMDMENTARYi B+ iMOMENTARY B-i iMOMENTARYi B+ iMOMENTARY, B+ iMOMENTARY B+ IMOMENTARY GROUND GROUND BA B-FASTENED1 2 - ,600 HZ 2 - 1600 HZ iDRIVERS,
CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW BELOW
Pin
SE-1 SP3~2 SP3~3 SK-5 SK-6 SK-7 SW8 SPS-9 SK-10 SW13 SW14 SK-15 SW16 SF51 SPB-2 SP55 SPS-8 SE4 SW10
Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
Connector
SP1
Type / Color
S-WAY MULTILOCK
/ Access
SEAT
SEAT SQUAB SEAT SQUAB SEAT HEATER SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT FORE,
PASSENGER
ELEMENTS
SUPPLY
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND 4 POST LEG, SEAT LEFT HAND A POST SEAT
GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND (PASSENGERS1
SEAT FORE MOVEMENT MOVEMENT INFLATE DEFLATE SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT SQUAB SEAT SQUAB
CONTROL
MODULE
SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
TRUNK
COMPONENTS Inactive B+ B+
DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER - DRIVER PASSENGER - PASSENGER - DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK SWITCH DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DOOR SWITCH DOOR SWITCH ,GNlTlON - DRIVER - PASSENGER IKEY-IN (COUPE, CONTROL MODULE SWlTCHi
Description
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION VALET SWITCHED SWITCHED GROUND
Component
BODY PROCESSOR DOOR CONTROL MODULE MODULE DRIVER
Connector
FC14,1WWAYAMP DDIO ,22-WAY DD,, ,22-WAY
/ Type I Color
EEEC, SLATE BLUE BLACK , BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TlMER,
Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR,
/ Access
SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG DOOR CASING DOOR CASING BRACKET
DP,0,22-W~iYFORD28TIMER/BLUE DP, 1 , 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER DD3, IJ~WAY ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL LABINAL, 8.WAY DP3,13-WAY DP3,13-WAY DD3,13-WAY DD3,13WAY DP3, ,WVAY BT6,2~WAY HARD WlRED RH7, COANAL CONNECTOR FC87 ,FLYLEADi
PASSENGER DRIVER
DOOR,
SWITCH
111LC, BLACK II/ LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC i BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070 ,WHlTE
DOOR,
PASSENGER PASSENGER
DOOR, DOOR,
NOT-IN-PARK LOGIC GROUND KEY IN IGNlTlON DOOR LOCK RELAY ACT,ATE BAERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK POWER GROUND
DOOR, COLUMN
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID WATCH KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA NOT~IN-PARK SECURITY iCONERTlBLE,
NATIURAL MULTILOCK
FUEL FILL
FC4 (FLYLEAD,,
GROUND
TOP OF BACKLlGHT TOP OF BACKLIGHT 070, WHITE GEAR SELECTOR TRUNK/ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY CARRIER
MlCROSWlTCH
, S-WAY MULTILOCK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description I DDIO-1 BAVERY POWER SUPPLY
0 0 I S S I I I I I DD,E DDIO-6 DD10G DD,O-9 DD10~16 DD1I-4 DDll-5 DD,,-I2 DDll-17 DD11~20 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOGIC GROUND SW SW NETWORK NETWORK DOOR LOCK BARREL DooR HANDLE DOOR LOCK BARREL MOVEMENT DOOR SWITCH UNLOCK REQUEST MOTOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOCK
AND LOCUNG
Active
BBBGROUND 2s1600Hr 2-1600Hz B+ iMOMENTARYi Br Bt iM0MENTb.W B+ = DOWN GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
Inactive B*
GROUND GROVND GROUND
BTU,, 1G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK ST41 , &WAY FORD IDC , BLACK RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR FC4, , 10.WAY BT43, BT46,2-WAY FC67,10-WAY AMP ML KEY B, WHITE BROWN BLACK FORD, P-WAY LABINAL,
WATCH
KNEE BOLSTER
RELAYS
GROUND
GROUND GROUND B+ = UP
WINDOW REQUEST
DROP REQUEST
Relay
DOOR LOCKlNG RELAY
Color / Stripe
VIOLET
Connector
FCZI, VIOLET
I Color
Location
RH FASCl.4
I Access
RELAYS
LOCK REQUEST
LH VERTICAL
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW SLATE SLATE WHITE YELLOW FASClA FASClA FASCIA TRUNK, BOOM BOTTOM BOTTOM ABOVE
PASSENGER
Type I Color
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 11.WAY 20.WAY IS-WAY 23.WAY 23.WAY IB~WAY MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK AMPAMPFORD, FORD, 2O~WAY MULTlLOCK
I Access
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT RlGHT HAND HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL POSTTRIM ASSEMBLY BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH ARCH RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE SIDE SIDE BRACKET/RIGHT
POWER SUPPLY DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOCK
Inactive B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
RIGHT HAND
TRUNK/ABOVE
LOGIC GROUND
DRIVER SIDE R POST MOUNTlNG PASSENGER SIDE A PDST,K CONSOLE REAR OF CENTER
BRACKET,APOSTTRlM
2-1600Hz 2-1600HZ
GROUND WlNDOW DROP REQUEST Bc GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
MULTILOCK
I /
DPll-5 DPII~X
EXTERIOR PASSENGER
I Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG I ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, TO BATTERY BATTERY A POST X POST K POST ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND RIGHT RlGHT HAND HAND
SECURITY 77 0
0 S I I S I I I 1 I I I
CONTROL
SOLENOID
BTlAL BTIAR
(PAIR, -LEFT (PAIR) - RlGHT (PAiRi - RlGHT (PAIR, -LEFT (PAIR, - RiGHT 6INGLE1, (PAIRI (PNR) (PAIR, ,SINGLE,, (PAIR) -LEFT -RIGHT
Pin
ST&-1 BT40-2 BT40-8 BT40-13 BT40~14 BT40-15 BT40-16 BT41~5 ST&,-, BT41~19 RH20-1 RHZO-1 RHZO-2 RH20~2
Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND B+
FC2AR FC2BL FCZBR FClAS FCIBL FC3BR FClAR FC4BL FClBR RHSI
FUEL FILLER FLAP SDLENOlD SW NETWORK GROUND GROUND BAERY TRUNK POWER SUPPLY SWITCH DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS SCP NETWORK
A POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND A POST K POST K POST A POST A POST
B2-1600Hr
GROUND GROUND GROUND ILOCKED, iLOCKED
B+ B+ B+
ROOF. ADJACENTTO
BACKLIGHT
PASSENGER DRIVERS
LOCK STATUS
CONTROL
MODULE
KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD SHlELD GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
COMPONENTS Inactive BBI Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE Connector /Type / Color FC14,104~WAY EEECSLATE AMP I Location
PASSENGER
Description
GROUND
GROUND
BGROUND
WIPER I_ RUN STOP RELAY ACT,ATE WlPER MOTOR SWITCH PARK LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY BAERYPOWER SUPPLY ILOGIC) SLOWWIPE REOUEST POWER GROUND SUPPLY LIGHTING, MOTORS BAERYPOWER SUPPLY
RELAYS Relay WlPER / STOP RUN RELAY Color / Stripe BLACK BLACK BROWN CONNECTORS Location / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT, HAND LEFT ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND POST A CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, POST A TRIM LEFT HAND POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,APOSTTRlM A Connector / Color LF48BLACK LF49BLACK BUS Location / Access LHBRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS LHBRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT BOX FVSE
Type I Color lS~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE 20.WAY MULTlLOCK SLATE 070, *O-WAY MULTlLOCK i WHITE 070
/ Type
CONTROL 4-
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Inactive COMPONENTS Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER MODULE-PASSENGER DRIVER PACK CONTROL MODULE
Connector
DDlO, 22~WAY DO, 1 ! 22~WAY
/ Type / Color
FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLUE FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR!
/ Access
SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG DOOR CASING BRACKET
FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECI~~A~E
1 s I I I
0 0
s I I I I I I
Pin DDlD~l DO, 0~7 0010-8 DD10~9 DO,&10 DOlO~ll DD10~12 0010-13 DO?&15 DD10~16 0010-17 DD10~18 DDIO-19 DO,,-4 Doll-7 Doll-l*
Description BATTERY POWER SUPPLY WINDOW MOTOR LIFT DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SW NETWORK DRIVERS SWITCH LHWlNOOW PACK DOWN REOUEST DRIVERS WlNDOW SENSOR LIFT FEEDBACK DRIVERS WINDOW SENSOR LiFT FEEDBAICK DRIVERS WINDOW SENSOR LlFT REFERENCE VOLTAGE DRIVERS WlNDOW MOTOR SUPPLY LIFT UP SW NETWORK POWER GROVND DRIVERS SWITCH LHWINDOW REOUEST PACK UP DRIVERS SWITCH RHWINDOW REOUEST PACK UP DRIVERS LOCK DOOR BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST DRIVERS SWlTCH RHWINDOW PACK DOWN REOUEST DRIVERS LOCK DOOR BARREL REOVEST LOCK PACK
Inactive Bt
GROUND GROUND B-
SECURITY
AND LOCKING
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES -PASSENGER DOOR ,PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK, SC GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS Location
FASCIA FASCIA
I Access
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RlGHT HAND MOUNTlNG MOUNTlNG MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL K POST TRIM MOUNTING BRACKET, A POST TRIM BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH ARCH POSTTRIM RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE SIDE
BOTTOM BOTTOM
X POST CONNECTOR
BRACKET,
A POST TRIM
MAJOR V s s
INSTRUMENT
SlDE K POST MOUNTING SIDE K POST, TOP SWITCH N POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE CONSOLE
BRACKET,X
PASSENGER
Inactive
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER \/ I 0 I
S
/ I /
0 0 S I I
Description BAERYPOWER SUPPLY PASSENGER WlNDOW MOTOR LIFT DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROVND SCP NETWORK PASSENGER SWITCH RHWINDOW PACK DOWN REOUEST PASSENGER WINDOW MOEMENTSENSOR LIFT FEEDBACK
PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER SW NETWORK POWER GROUND PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REOUEST WINDOW WINDOW WNDOW LIFT MOVEMENT LIFT MOVEMENT LIFT MOTOR SENSOR SENSOR FEEDBACK REFERENCE VOLTAGE UP SUPPLY
Inactive B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND
Location
EYELET EYELET IPAlRi
/ Type
RlGHT HAND HAND LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND K POST K POST
2 - ,600Hz
B+ (MOMENTARY) P=UP:12=OOWN *=UP;1L=oOWN B, B2,600 Hz GROUND GROUND GROVND BT ~MOMENTARYI B, GROUND
IPAIR) - RlGHT
CONTROL
MODULE
CONTROL
Description SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
Inactive
MESSAGES.
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Inactive B+
Location
PASSENGER RIGHT HAND TRUNK/
I Access
SIDE FASClAiAlRBAG OPERATING HAND CYLINDER BRACKE,
TOP OF WlNDSHlELD TOP OF WlNDSHlELD RIGHT SIDE CYLlNDER RIGHT HAND FORWARD ORlVER OPERATING
CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE LOGIC GROUND REAR OUARTER BATTERY SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK CONVERTIBLE REAR QUARTER
CLOSED
POWER SUPPLY
CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE
POWER GROUND
MODULE Inactive
OUARTER
LlFT - RH LOCKING
RH34,2~WAY
Description SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SECVRITYAND
BT40,16-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLPCK ET41 ,?S-WAY FORD IDC 1 BLACK RHX, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
I ELECTRICAL
MAJOR v
S
INSTRUMENT
PACK Inactive
RELAYS Relay
OUARTER OUARTER OUARTER QUARTER DOWN DOWN RELAY - LH RELAY - RH LH RH
Description SW NETWORK
SCP NEiWORK
Color / Stripe
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
Connector
BT75, ST,,, BT76, BT17, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
/ Color
Location
TRUNK TRUNK TRUNK TRVNK TRUNK TRUNK RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS
/ Access
UP RELAYUP RELAYRELAY
PASSENGER ci s
s
MODULE Inactive
Pin DP10~9
DP,O-16
CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, SLATE WHITE FASCIA TRUNK, DRlVER RIGHT
SECURITY
Connector AC14
BT1 BT4 DO, DP1 RF, RH12 RH2 RH5 RH6
Type I Color
14.WAY Z&WAY 10.WAY 23.WAY 18.WAY 182,vAY 20.WAY J-WAY J-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MVLTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND MOUNT~JG REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL POST TRIM MOUNTlNG BRACKET, N POST TRIM ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY TRIM PANEL TRIM PANEL BRACKET, ARCH ARCH RIGHT HAND SIDE
BOTTOM ABOVE
TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE LATCH BAERY MAIN CONTROL POWER SUPPLY VALVE
GROVND GROUND
070,YELLOW BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW YELLOW WHITE WHITE WHlTE
SIDE N POST MOUNTING SIDE K POST,* CONSOLE CONSOLE OUARTER OUARTER K POST CONNECTOR
BRACKET,APOSTTRlM
SCP NETWORK CONTROL TOP DOWN GROUND GROUND SCP NETWORK / BT41-3 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RELAY ACTlVATE
GROUND
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (PAIR,
/ Type
LEFT HAND HAND HAND LEG /ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT LEG, ADJACENT ADJACENT REAR LEFT HAND K POST TO BAERY BMTERY TO BATTERY TO BATTERY ADJACENTTO
CONTROL
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Connector
BT19, IC,, 0019 CD DATA I2-WAY
/ Type / Color
C.S. *ND , WHITE HARTMAN MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK CONNECTOR GROTE AMP AMP AND HARTMAN PCB SIGNAL, PCB SIGNAL,
Location
TRUNK TRVNK,
/ Access
SIDE SIDE
S-WAY YAZAK,
MESSAGES.
MAJOR RADlO,
INSTRUMENT CASSETTE
BLACK BLACK
IC8, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCl0 : 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE IC13,COAIxIAL CONNECTOR IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR ICI2 i COAXIAL CONNECTOR ,3WAY GRATE EPC, BLACK AND HARTMAN AND WHlTE MDK / BLACK MDK, BLACK WHEELi SIDE SlDE SW4 (FLYLEAD) w27 RH26, /Z-WAY Z-WAY
RADlO
RIGHT
HAND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
CONNECTORS Location
FASCIA DRIVER BELOW BELOW BEHlND RIGHT INSIDE CENTER BOOM TRUNK/ABOVE PASSENGER
Type I Color
I Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING REAR WHEEL BRACKET, POSTTRlM BOX BOX MOTOR COLUMN BRACKET, ARCH N POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE
SIDE N POST MOUNTING SIDE A POST,K CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX STEERING COLUMN COLUMN COWL CENTER CENTER GLOVE HAND GLOVE GLOVE
ADJACENTTO
STEERING
OF STEERING
GROUNDS Ground
BTlAL CE2 FCBBL
Location
EYELET EYELET
/ Type
LEG, RIGHT LEG, ADJACENTTO HAND LEFT HAND BATTERY TUNNEL A POST /ABOVE HAND SlDE OF TRANSMISSION
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following I 0 SG
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR connections
or a switch
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL MAJOR 77 c c 0
MODULE
INSTRUMENT
Connector
BT,9,6-WAYYAZAKI 0019, DP19,
/ Type / Color
C S.. /WHITE MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK
Location
TRUNK, TRUNK, DRIVER FASClA CENTER RiGHT RIGHT
/ Access
HAND HAND SIDE SIDE
IC7, CD DATA CONNECTOR Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL
PASSENGER
lNSTRMENT CASSETTE
MESSAGES.
RADIO,
FC25,48-WAY Fc26,*4-WAY
BLACK I BLACK
IO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lClO,20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR IC12, COAXIAL SWAY i *-WAY CONNECTOR ,3-WAY GRATE EPC, BLACK AND WHITE MDK, BLACK rmtc / BLACK GROTE AND HARTMAN ANO HARTMAN (STEERING WHEEL SIOE SIDE SW4 ,FLYLEADI RH25, ~~24
CONSOLE
RADlO
RlGHT
HAND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC14 BT1 DO1 LIP1 ICI IC2 RH, SC3 SW SW2 11.WAY 23WAY 23.WAY 2@WAY 1CWAY X-WAY 12.WAY ,*-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA TRUNK, BOOM ABOVE 070 /WHITE BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 040, YELLOW WHITE SLATE SLATE BLACK
Type I Color
MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING REAR WHEEL A POST TRIM GLOVE GLOVE BOX BOX COLUMN BRACKET, ARCH POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE
DRIVER SIDE A POST MOUNTING PASSENGER BELOW BELOW BEHIND RIGHT INSIDE CENTER SIDE 4 POST, CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX COLUMN COWL CENTER CENTER GLOVE HAND STEERING
BRACKET,A
OF STEERING
I Type
LEG, RIGHT LEG, LEFT HAND HAND ADJACENT A POST TUNNEL TO BATERY ABOVE SIDE OF TRANSMlSSiON
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following I 0 SG
symbols
Module
communications
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
to aid the
user
in
understanding
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ;J Pin Description c x25-24 CANNETWORK c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
0 FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED
Component
ANTENNA MAJOR MOTOR INSTRUMENT PACK CD AUTO-CHANGER
Connector
BT19, IC7, CD DATA FC25,48-WAY X26,24-WAY DD19, DP19,2-WAY
I Type I Color
C S. , WHITE BLACK BLACK MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK CONNECTOR AMP AMP PCB SlGNAL, PCB SIGNAL,
Location
TRUNK, TRUNK, FASCIA DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER TRVNK, CENTER RIGHT
/ Access
SIDE SIDE HAND
B-WAY YAZAK,
RIGHT HAND
Z~WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN GRDTE AND HARTMAN 070, WHITE 070,WHITE
MESSAGES.
RIGHT
IC8, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCt0, ZO~WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR IC12, COAXIAL CONNECTOR : 3.WAY GROTE EPC, BLACK AND WHlTE MDK i BLACK MDK, MDK! MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK MDK / BLACK GROTE AND HARTMAN AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN MVLTILOCK MULTILOCK *-WAY 2-W*, 070, 070, SLATE SLATE 040, 040, BLACK BLACK WHEEL) SlDE SIDE SIDE SIDE SW4 (FLYLEAD RH25 / *-WAY RH24,2-WAY RH27 i 2.WAY RH26, *-WAY RHX, Z-WAY RH27,2~WAY FC39, SlDE FC38, SWAY *-WAY
CONSOLE
RADIO ANTENNA RADlO CONTROL SWITCHES MID-RANGE MID-RANGE iSTEERING REAR QUARTER REAR QUARTER SPEAKER-DRIVER SPEAKER-PASSENGER -DRIVER -PASSENGER
TRUNK, STEERING ,NTER,OR ,NTERlOR INTERIOR INTERIOR PARCEL FASCIA, FASCIA, DRIVER
RlGHT
HAND
WHEEL REAR QUARTER REAR OUARTER REAR QUARTER REAR WARTER SHELF DRIVER SIDE PASSENGER DOOR DOOR SIDE
REAR SUB~WOOFER REAR SUB-WOOFER REAR SUB-WOOFER SQUAWKER SWAWKER TWEETER TWEETER IFASCIA) FASCIA,
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
PASSENGER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC14 BT, DD1 DPI IC, IC2 IC4 RH, SC3 SW1 SW2
CONNECTORS Location
FASCIA WHITE TRUNK, DRIVER BELOW BELOW TRUNK, BEHIND RlGHT ,NS,DE CENTER 070,
Type / Color
14~WAYMULTiLOCK070,SLATE 20.WAY *SWAY 23WAY ?&WAY 11.WAY I-WAY Z-WAY 12.WAY 12.WAY MULTlLOCK AMP FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, 040, YELLOW WHITE WHITE SLATE SLATE BLACK
/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MONTiNG REAR WHEEL BRACKET, POSTTRIM BOX BOX BRACKET, ARCH A POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE
BOTTOM ABOVE
SIDE K POST MOUNTING SlDE A PDST,K CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX CENTER CENTER GLOVE HAND STEERlNG GLOVE GLOVE
PASSENGER
LEFT OF ANTENNA
ASSEMBLY COLUMN
COWL
OF STEERING
GROUNDS Ground
BTIAL BTlCS CEZ FCSBL
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (PNR,
/ Type
- LEFT HAND /ABOVE LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT LEG, ADJACENT BATTERY HAND SIDE OF TRANSMlSSiON A POST TUNNEL LEFT HAND TO BATTERY
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON: Inactive means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
HANDSET MiCROPHONE RADIO, CASSEE HEAD NIT
Connector
RT4, TELEPHONE, RFB, 2.WAY
I Type I Color
PROPRIETARY 040, BLACK MULTILOCK
Location
CENTER CENTER ROOF CONSOLE
/ Access
CONSOLE CONSOLE
ICB, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IClO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 1)WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR iC14, POWER AMPLlFlER CONNECTOR RT7, COAXIAL PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY ML KEY B, WHITE RT2 j TELEPHONE, RT5 / TELEPHONE, 1 SWTCH FC77! l&WAY AMP
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
CONSOLE CONSOLE
CONNECTORS Location
070,WHITE 070, YELLOW BELOW RlGHT CENTER CENTER CENTER CENTER SLATE HAND
Type / Color
MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK
/ Access
CONSOLE GLOVE BOX MOUNTING BRACKET.N POSTTRIM N POST CONNECTOR
MULTILOCK
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
Location
EYELET EYELET
I Type
RIGHT HAND 4 POST A POST LEFT HAND
(SINGLE), (SlNGLEi,
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
GROUND MAJOR SERIAL IGNITION LH IMPACT RH IMPACT DRIVERS DRIVERS
Component
AlRBAG AlRBAG AlRBAG AlRBAG - DRlVER SIDE (STEERING SIDE CONNECTOR MODULE WHEEL) - PASSENGER INTERROGATION : SRS CONTROL
Connector
SW, 1 ,FLYLEADi FC74 iFLYLEAD,/ FC40 ,4-WAY FC29,12~WAY FC30 I12~WAY LF51 : I-WAY LEO &WAY
I Type I Color
/%WAY EPC ! BLACK 070 / WHlTE BYWAY EPC II BLACK MULTILOCK FORD CARD I BLACK FORD CARD /SLATE FORD CARD WHITE FORD CARD /WHITE
Location
CENTER LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHTHANDIx FRONT FRONT
I Access
WHEEL ASSEMBLY A POST TRIM SIDE OF AIRBAG K POST,
OF STEERlNG
B0 GROUND
SIDE AIRBAG SIDE AIRBAG SWITCHED lNTERRPT BATTERY SENSOR SENSOR AIRBAG
GROUND
CONNECTORS Location
LEFT HAND INSIDE
POWER SUPPLY
B* lSHORTED
SENSOR,
SUPPLY
/ Access
N POST CONNECTOR COLUMN COWL MOUNTING BRACKET K POST TRIM
DEPLOYMENT
STEERING
A:RBAG
SUPPLY
GROUNDS Ground
FClS
SUPPLY OUTPUT
CODE RETRIEVAL
Location
EYELET
I Type
RIGHT HAND A POST
lSlNGLEi!
CONTROL
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation, KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active BGROUND GROUND ,LDGICl BGPOUND (HORN SOUNDING,
Inactive B+
GROUND BBGROUND
Component
BODY PROCESSOR CIGAR LIGHTER FASCIA ACCESSORY ENGINE CONNECTOR COMPARTMENT MODULE
Connector
FC14! 104~WAY
/Type
AMP EEEC,
I Color
SLATE
Location
PASSENGER FORWARD
/ Access
SIDE FASClA I AIRBAG BRACKET OF GEAR SELECTOR RIGHT HANDSlDE OF GLOVE BOX
X42 1 CIGAR LIGHTER! BLACK FC59 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE F&i, LF5 LF6, LF7, LFB LF70 S-WAY AMP SERIES 10.WAY 10.WAY IO-WAY 10.WAY EYELET U U T T T T U U U U A A A. A 260 BLACK WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE NATURAL f BLACK GREEN BLUE FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX; FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX
POWER GROUND
FUSE BOX
LEFT FRONT
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
BTlO l&WAY BTll fl 10.WAY BT12; ,&WAY BT13, 10~WAY BTSb I EYELET (ROOF CONSOLEi RF,, , HYBRlC RF,0 (FLYLEAD)
T A. T A. TA TA
TRUNK
ELECTRlCAL
CARRIER
GARAGE
DOOR OPENER
HORN
SWlTCHES
(STEERING
WHEEL,
HP1 I ,-WAY BLADE HP2 I-WAY BLADE HP3 )_EYELET LF16, LUCAR LF17 i LUCAR LF14! LUCAR LF15 I_LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE SERIES 250 PIN! BLACK
BUMPER BUMPER!
BT25,
S-WAY AMP
ADJACENT
RELAYS Relay
HORN RELAY ,W ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (861
Color I Stripe
BROWN BROWN
Connector
BUS BUS
/ Color
Location
ENGlNE TRUNK
/ Access
FUSE BOX
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
BT58 LF60 RF, RH14 SC2 SC3 SW1 SW2 d-WAY 18.WAY Z-WAY 12.WAY ,*-WAY
CONNECTORS Location
111HC, BLACK 070, 070, WHITE YELLOW TRUNK, RlGHT LEFT HAND HAND
Type / Color
ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ZO~WAY MULTILOCK
/ Access
RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL MOUNTING MOUNTlNG MOTOR COLVMN ARCH BRACKET, BRACKET,K 4 POST TRIM POSTTRIM A POST CONNECTOR N POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE STEERING COLUMN COLUMN COWL
ABOVE
ASSEMBLY
10~WAY MULTILOCK
STEERING
OF STEERING
Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET
I Type
HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT RiGHT RIGHT HAND HAND HAND I A POST R POST A POST POST L POST K POST K POST HEADLAMP FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
K POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL +
MODULE
The following
symbols
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
communications
THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. COMPONENTS Component ABS!TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ADAPT,E DAMPING CONTROL MODULE AIRCONDlTlONiNG CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG, CONTROL SRS MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE DATA CONNECTOR LINK DXR COYTROL MODLE DRldER DOOR CONTROL MODULEPASSENGER ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GEAR SELECTOR MODULE KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE MAJOR iNSTRMENT PACK SEAT CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER
BT40 116.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER I BLACK BT41 ,2WdAY FORD IDC, BLACK RHZO i COAXlAL CONNECTOR EM,! 88-WAY BOSCH, BLACK PASSENGER BELOW DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER ENGlYE SlDE FASCIA AIRBAG BRACKET DRlER SIDE FUSE BOX DOOR CASING DOOR: DOOR CASlNG CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
Location I Access ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT TRNK:ADJACENTTO ELECTRlCALCARRlER A/CUNIT:RIGHT HAND SIDE
COMPARTMENT:
FRONT
ADJACENTTO
BELOW TRUNK,
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:
CONNECTORS Location
FASClA DR,ER ENGlNE BELOW BELOW TRNK,ABOE PASSENGER
/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND SIDE A POST,A CONSOLE SEAT MOVNTING BRACKET, POSTTRIM RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE REARWHEELARCH A POST TRIM
BOTTOM
REAR OF CENTER
GROUNDS Ground
FCSBL
Location / Type EYELET - LEFT iPAlRi HAND LEFT LEG/ HAND POST A MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CONTROL
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix: BPM DIAG DDCM DSCM IP PDCM PSCM R T SLCM Body Processor Module Diagnostics Driver Door Control Module Driver Seat Control Module Instrument Pack Passenger Door Control Module Passenger Seat Control Module Receive Transmit Security and Locking Control Module
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module Transmitted by ECM Message
CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN NWM token ECM CAN diagnostic data out ECM
Useage
Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on PECUS programmed status of ECM EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Derived from injector pulse duration Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
ii
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Usage
For traction control throttle intervention Fast stability control response ignition retard Fast stability control response cylinder fuel cut off For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates damped level of fuel in tank Indicates raw undamped level of fuel in tank Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
Source
ABS ABS ABS TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS IP IP IP IP IP IP TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS TCM IP ABS DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
iii
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Transmission Control Module Transmitted by TCM Message
CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN NWM token TCM CAN diagnostic data out TCM
Usage
For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only
Usage
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
Source
ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ABS ECM IP ABS DIAG
iv
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Usage
Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates damped level of fuel in tank Indicates raw undamped level of fuel in tank Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only
Received by IP Message
CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS malfunction CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN park brake status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN fuel used CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token ECM CAN NWM token TCM CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data in inst
Usage
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count based on a standard wheel size Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Engine speed Brake switch status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings PECUS programmed status of ECM Derived from injector pulse duration Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
Source
ABS ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ECM TCM ABS DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module Transmitted by ABS/TC CM Message
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data out ABS
Usage
For traction control throttle intervention Fast stability control response ignition retard Fast stability control response cylinder fuel cut off Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
Usage
Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Engine speed Brake switch status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission malfunction warning TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
Source
ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM IP DIAG
vi
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
Usage
Gear selector indicator illumination
Source
TCM TCM
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
vii
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
Message
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission out speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN sidelamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level raw CAN fuel level damped CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed
ABS
TCM
ECM
IP
Gear Selector
Diagnostics
T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ............... R .............................................................. T ..................................................... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T .................................. R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ............... R ..............................................................
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
viii
Message
CAN NWM token ECM CAN NWM token TCM CAN NWM token IP CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data in ECM CAN diagnostic data in TCM CAN diagnostic data in IP CAN diagnostic data in ABS CAN diagnostic data out ECM CAN diagnostic data out TCM CAN diagnostic data out IP CAN diagnostic data out ABS
ABS
TCM
ECM
IP
Gear Selector
Diagnostics
R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... R ............... T .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............................................................. T ................ ................ R ................................................................................ T ................ ...................................................... R .......................................... T ................ R .................................................................................................. T ................ ................................... T ............................................................. R ................ ................ T ................................................................................ R ................ ...................................................... T .......................................... R ................ T ................................................................................................... R ................
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
ix
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2358 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Message Name
Vehicle speed Brake pedal pressed SLCM not programmed BPM not programmed DDCM not programmed DSCM not programmed PDCM not programmed PSCM not programmed Left hand drive vehicle Valet mode OFF Non-convertible vehicle Right hand drive vehicle Valet mode ON Convertible vehicle Request vehicle drive side Request valet mode status Request convertible status Reverse gear selected Not-in-park switch - inactive Not-in-park switch - active Request not-in-park switch status Request not-in-park switch status Diagnostic messages Charging OK Inertia switch inactive Inertia switch active Request inertia switch status Request inertia switch status Ignition status Key not-in-ignition Key in-ignition Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Seat belt tell tale OFF Low washer fluid warning OFF Convertible top latch warning OFF Seat belt tell tale ON Low washer fluid warning ON Convertible top latch warning ON Request washer fluid status Request convertible top latch status Security audible indication Remote panic Security disarm Glass break fault Security armed Key valid
IP
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .................................................... T .............................................................. R .......................................................................................... T ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ........................................................................................................................ T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
#
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 (continued)
Message Name
Glass break detected Request security arm status Request security arm status Request security arm status Seat belt chime OFF Seat belt chime ON Request seat belt chime status Diagnostic messages Recall memory 1 Recall memory 2 Save memory 1 Save memory 2 DDCM memory 1 recalled DSCM memory 1 recalled PDCM memory 1 recalled DDCM memory 2 recalled DSCM memory 2 recalled PDCM memory 2 recalled Park fold-back mirrors Unfold fold-back mirrors Stop driver mirror Stop passenger mirror Driver mirror up Passenger mirror up Driver mirror down Passenger mirror down Passenger mirror right Passenger mirror left Unlock driver door Unlock passenger door Remote unlock Remote trunk release Lock front doors Lock front doors Remote superlock Superlock driver door Superlock passenger door Remote lock Vehicle unlocked Driver door unlocked Passenger door unlocked Driver lock switch status Passenger lock switch status Driver door unsuperlocked Passenger door unsuperlocked Vehicle locked Driver door locked Passenger door locked Driver door superlocked Passenger door superlocked Request vehicle lock status Request driver door lock status Request passenger door status Request driver key barrel status Request driver key barrel status
IP
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ........................................................................................................................ ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ......................................................................... T ........................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
xi
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
#
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268
Message Name
Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request superlock status Open trunk Hood closed Driver door closed Passenger door closed Trunk closed Stop fuel filler flap open Convertible top latch status Hood ajar Driver door ajar Passenger door ajar Trunk ajar Open fuel filler flap Request hood ajar status Request driver door ajar status Request driver door status Request driver door ajar status Request passenger door ajar status Request trunk ajar status Request convertible top latch switches status Driver seat heater tell tale OFF Passenger seat heater tell tale OFF Driver seat heater tell tale ON Passenger seat heater tell tale ON Request driver heater tell tale status Request passenger heater tell tale status Stop global window open Stop global window close Position driver window Position passenger window Position rear quarters Driver window position Passenger window position Stop passenger window open Stop convertible top open Stop passenger window close Stop convertible top close Open passenger window Open convertible top Close passenger window Close convertible top Request driver window position Request passenger window position Request driver and passenger window switch status Driver seat heater switch active Passenger seat heater switch active Front bulb failure Rear bulb failure Front bulbs OK Rear bulbs OK Request front bulb fail status Request rear bulb fail status Rear fog lamps OFF Remote head lamp convenience OFF
IP
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................................... R .................................. T ........................................... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
xii
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
#
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377
Message Name
Rear fog lamps ON Remote head lamp convenience ON Dip beam OFF Sidelamps OFF Hazard warning OFF Left DI lamp OFF Right DI lamp OFF Main beam OFF Rear fog lamps OFF Main beam flash OFF Request rear fog switch status Request remote headlamp convenience status Dip beam ON Sidelamps ON Hazards ON Left DI lamp ON Right DI lamp ON Main beam ON Rear fog lamps ON Main beam flash ON Request dip beam status Request sidelamps status Request left DI status Request right DI status Request main beam status Request hazard warning status Request rear fog lamps status Interior lamps OFF Interior lamps ON Request interior lighting status Valet mode message OFF Recoding keying message OFF Valet mode message Recoding keying message Diagnostic messages Wake up (SLCM) Wake up (BPM) Wake up (IP) Wake up (DDCM) Wake up (DSCM) Wake up (PDCM) Wake up (PSCM) Network awake (SLCM) Network awake (BPM) Network awake (IP) Network awake (DDCM) Network awake (DSCM) Network awake (PDCM) Network awake (PSCM) SLCM entering sleep mode BPM entering sleep mode IP entering sleep mode DDCM entering sleep mode DSCM entering sleep mode PDCM entering sleep mode PSCM entering sleep mode
IP
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... ........................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................... T ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... T ....................................................................................................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ......................................................................... T ........................................... ...................................................... T .............................................................. ............................................................................................ T ........................ R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
DATE OF ISSUE:
OCTOBER 1996
xiii